UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K
(Mark One)
| | | | | |
☒ | ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023
or
| | | | | |
☐ | TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the transition period from to
Commission file number: 001-36786
RESTAURANT BRANDS INTERNATIONAL INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Canada | | 98-1202754 |
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization) | | (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |
| | | |
130 King Street West, Suite 300 | | M5X 1E1 |
Toronto, | Ontario | | |
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) | | (Zip Code) |
(905) 339-6011
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Title of each class | | Trading Symbols | | Name of each exchange on which registered |
Common Shares, without par value | | QSR | | New York Stock Exchange |
| | | | Toronto Stock Exchange |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Large accelerated filer | | ☒ | | Accelerated filer | | ☐ |
| | | | | | |
Non-accelerated filer | | ☐ | | Smaller reporting company | | ☐ |
| | | | | | |
| | | | Emerging growth company | | ☐ |
If an emerging growth company, indicate by checkmark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant's executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒
The aggregate market value of the common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant on June 30, 2023, computed by reference to the closing price for such stock on the New York Stock Exchange on such date, was $23,935,449,117.
The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common shares as of February 14, 2024 was 313,350,086 shares.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:
Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the 2024 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, which is to be filed no later than 120 days after December 31, 2023, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.
RESTAURANT BRANDS INTERNATIONAL INC.
2023 FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
| | | | | | | | |
| | Page |
|
Item 1. | | |
Item 1A. | | |
Item 1B. | | |
Item 1C. | | |
Item 1. | | |
Item 2. | | |
Item 3. | | |
Item 4. | | |
|
Item 5. | | |
Item 6. | | |
Item 7. | | |
Item 7A. | | |
Item 8. | | |
Item 9. | | |
Item 9A. | | |
Item 9B. | | |
Item 9C. | | |
|
Item 10. | | |
Item 11. | | |
Item 12. | | |
Item 13. | | |
Item 14. | | |
|
Item 15. | | |
Item 16. | | |
Tim Hortons® and Timbits® are trademarks of Tim Hortons Canadian IP Holdings Corporation. Burger King®, Whopper® and BK® are trademarks of Burger King Company LLC. Popeyes®, Popeyes Louisiana Kitchen® and Popeyes Chicken & Biscuits® are trademarks of Popeyes Louisiana Kitchen, Inc. Firehouse Subs® is a trademark of FRG, LLC. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references to “we”, “us”, “our” and “Company” refer to Restaurant Brands International Inc. and its subsidiaries.
Explanatory Note
We are the sole general partner of Restaurant Brands International Limited Partnership (“Partnership”), which is the indirect parent of The TDL Group Corp. (“TDL”), Burger King Company LLC (“BKC”), Popeyes Louisiana Kitchen, Inc. (“PLKI”) and FRG, LLC (“FRG”). As a result of our controlling interest, we consolidate the financial results of Partnership and record a noncontrolling interest for the portion of Partnership we do not own in our consolidated financial statements. Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests on the consolidated statements of operations presents the portion of earnings or loss attributable to the economic interest in Partnership owned by the holders of the noncontrolling interests. As sole general partner, we manage all of Partnership’s operations and activities in accordance with the partnership agreement of Partnership (the “partnership agreement”). We have established a conflicts committee composed entirely of “independent directors” (as such term is defined in the partnership agreement) in order to consent to, approve or direct various enumerated actions on behalf of the Company (in its capacity as the general partner of Partnership) in accordance with the terms of the partnership agreement.
Each of the Company and Partnership is a reporting issuer in each of the provinces and territories of Canada and, as a result, is subject to Canadian continuous disclosure and other reporting obligations under applicable Canadian securities laws. This Annual Report on Form 10-K constitutes the Company’s Annual Information Form for purposes of its Canadian continuous disclosure obligations under National Instrument 51-102 – Continuous Disclosure Obligations (“NI 51-102”). Pursuant to an application for exemptive relief made in accordance with National Policy 11-203 – Process for Exemptive Relief Applications in Multiple Jurisdictions, Partnership has received exemptive relief dated October 31, 2014 from the Canadian securities regulators. This exemptive relief exempts Partnership from the continuous disclosure requirements of NI 51-102, effectively allowing Partnership to satisfy its Canadian continuous disclosure obligations by relying on the Canadian continuous disclosure documents filed by the Company, for so long as certain conditions are satisfied. Among these conditions is a requirement that Partnership concurrently send to all holders of the Partnership exchangeable units all disclosure materials that the Company sends to its shareholders and a requirement that Partnership separately report all material changes in respect of Partnership that are not also material changes in respect of the Company.
Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this section to “RBI”, the “Company”, “we”, “us” or “our” are to Restaurant Brands International Inc. and its subsidiaries, collectively and all references in this section to “Partnership” are to Restaurant Brands International Limited Partnership and its subsidiaries, collectively.
All references to “$” or “dollars” in this report are to the currency of the United States unless otherwise indicated. All references to “Canadian dollars” or “C$” are to the currency of Canada unless otherwise indicated.
Part I
Item 1. Business
Company Overview
We are a Canadian corporation that serves as the indirect holding company for the entities that own and franchise the Tim Hortons®, Burger King®, Popeyes® and Firehouse Subs® brands. We are one of the world’s largest quick service restaurant (“QSR”) companies with over $40 billion in annual system-wide sales and more than 30,000 restaurants in more than 120 countries and territories as of December 31, 2023. Our four iconic brands have complementary daypart mixes and product platforms that benefit from global scale and sharing of best practices. As of December 31, 2023, nearly all of the total restaurants for each of our brands were franchised and references to “our restaurant” or “system-wide restaurants” include franchised restaurants and those owned by us (“Company restaurants”).
Brand Overview
The following is a summary of our brands as of and for the year ended December 31, 2023:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Number of Restaurants | | | | |
Brand | | U.S. and Canada | | International | | Global | | Number of Countries and Territories | | Global System Wide Sales ($ in millions) |
Tim Hortons | | 4,525 | | | 1,308 | | | 5,833 | | | 19 | | | $ | 7,845 | |
Burger King | | 7,144 | | | 12,240 | | | 19,384 | | | 125 | | | $ | 27,019 | |
Popeyes | | 3,394 | | | 1,177 | | | 4,571 | | | 40 | | | $ | 6,813 | |
Firehouse Subs | | 1,265 | | | 17 | | | 1,282 | | | 5 | | | $ | 1,209 | |
Consolidated | | 16,328 | | | 14,742 | | | 31,070 | | | | | $ | 42,886 | |
Our Tim Hortons® Brand
Founded in 1964, Tim Hortons is one of the largest donut/coffee/tea restaurant chains in North America and the largest in Canada as measured by total number of restaurants. Tim Hortons restaurants are quick service restaurants with a menu that includes premium blend coffee, tea, espresso-based hot and cold specialty drinks, fresh baked goods, including donuts, Timbits®, bagels, muffins, cookies and pastries, sandwiches, wraps, soups and more.
Our Burger King® Brand
Founded in 1954, Burger King is the world’s second largest fast food hamburger restaurant chain, as measured by total number of restaurants, and is the Home of the Whopper®. Burger King restaurants are quick service restaurants that feature flame-grilled hamburgers, chicken and other specialty sandwiches, french fries, soft drinks and other food items.
Our Popeyes® Brand
Founded in 1972, Popeyes is the world’s second largest quick service chicken concept as measured by total number of restaurants. Popeyes restaurants are quick service restaurants that distinguish themselves with a unique “Louisiana” style menu featuring fried chicken, chicken sandwiches, chicken tenders, wings, fried shrimp and other seafood, red beans and rice and other regional items.
Our Firehouse Subs® Brand
Founded in 1994, Firehouse Subs is a brand built on decades of culture rooted in public service and a leading player in the quick service restaurants sandwich category in North America. Firehouse Subs restaurants are quick service restaurants featuring hot and hearty subs piled high with quality meats and cheese as well as chopped salads, chili and soups, signature and other sides, soft drinks and local specialties.
Operating Segments
Beginning with the fourth quarter of 2023, we are reporting results under five operating and reportable segments. This shift in reportable segments reflects how RBI's leadership oversees and manages the business. As a result of this change, our five operating and reportable segments consist of each of our brands’ operations in the U.S. and Canada, (1) TH, (2) BK, (3) PLK, and (4) FHS and a fifth segment, INTL which includes consolidated results from each brands’ international operations outside of the U.S. and Canada.
Additional financial information about our reportable segments can be found in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Note 17, “Segment Reporting and Geographic Information,” to the accompanying consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
Sources of Revenue
We generate revenues from the following sources: (i) sales, consisting primarily of (1) Tim Hortons supply chain sales, which represent sales of products, supplies and restaurant equipment to franchisees, as well as sales of consumer packaged goods (“CPG”), and (2) sales at Company restaurants; (ii) franchise revenues, consisting primarily of royalties based on a percentage of sales reported by franchised restaurants and franchise fees paid by franchisees; (iii) property revenues from properties we lease or sublease to franchisees; and (iv) advertising revenues and other services, consisting primarily of (1) advertising fund contributions based on a percentage of sales reported by franchised restaurants to fund advertising expenses and (2) tech fees and revenues that vary by market and partially offset expenses related to technology initiatives.
For the year ended December 31, 2023, the primary revenues for each segment were:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Segment | Sales | Franchise Revenues | Property Revenues | Advertising and Other Revenues |
TH | Supply chain and CPG | Royalties and franchise fees | Rental income on ~75% restaurants | Ad fund |
BK | Company restaurants | Rental income on ~20% restaurants | Ad fund and tech fee |
PLK | Rental income on <3% restaurants |
FHS | None | Ad fund |
INTL | None | Not meaningful | Ad fund and tech revenue |
Our Business Strategy
We believe that we have created a financially strong company built upon a foundation of four thriving, independent brands with significant global growth potential. As one of the leading franchised QSR operators in the world, we are focused on delivering quality, service and convenience through the following strategies:
•consistently serving quality food and beverages;
•enhancing guest service and experience at our restaurants through comprehensive training, improved restaurant operations, reimaged restaurants and appealing menu options;
•increasing restaurant sales and profitability which are critical to the success of our franchisees and our ability to grow our brands around the world;
•strengthening drive-thru and delivery channels to provide guests convenient access to our product offerings;
•utilizing technological and digital initiatives, including loyalty programs, to interact with our guests and modernize the operations of our restaurants;
•accelerating net restaurant growth;
•efficiently managing costs and sharing best practices; and
•preserving the rich heritage of each of our brands by managing them and their respective franchisee relationships independently and continuing to play a prominent role in local communities.
We believe that accelerating sales growth and driving franchisee profitability is critical to the success of our franchisees and our ability to grow our brands around the world. In furtherance of Burger King's Reclaim the Flame plan, we have recently reached an agreement to acquire the remaining equity interests of our largest U.S. Burger King franchisee, Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc. (“Carrols”). Upon completion of this acquisition, which is expected to occur in the second quarter of 2024, we will acquire approximately 1,020 Burger King restaurants and approximately 60 Popeyes restaurants. We expect to accelerate Carrols' current rate of remodels to bring the acquired portfolio to modern image over the next five years. In addition, we have recently acquired approximately 125 Burger King restaurants unrelated to the acquisition of Carrols, 38 of which were acquired in January 2024. Once remodeled, we expect to refranchise the majority of the acquired restaurants with motivated, local franchisees who will continue to enhance the guest service experience. While we expect to complete the refranchising in five to seven years after the acquisition, BK
intends to maintain a Company restaurant portfolio of 200 to 300 restaurants for strategic innovation, training, and operator development purposes.
Restaurant Development
We track our development targets through net restaurant growth (“NRG”) which refers to the net change in restaurant count (openings, net of permanent closures) over a trailing twelve-month period, divided by the restaurant count at the beginning of the trailing twelve-month period. In determining whether a restaurant meets our definition of a restaurant that will be included in our NRG, we consider factors such as scope of operations, format and image, separate franchise agreement, and minimum sales thresholds. We refer to restaurants that do not meet our definition as “alternative formats.” These alternative formats are helpful to build brand awareness, test new concepts and provide convenience in certain markets. In addition to the restaurants included in our restaurant count, as of December 31, 2023 we had 342 alternative format units open, which primarily include TH self-serves and Tims Express outlets in China.
As part of our development approach for our brands in the U.S., we have granted limited development rights in specific areas to franchisees in connection with area development agreements. We expect to enter into similar arrangements in 2024 and beyond. In Canada, we have not granted exclusive or protected areas to Burger King or Tim Hortons franchisees, with limited exceptions.
As part of our international growth strategy for each of our brands, we have established master franchise and development agreements in a number of markets. We have also created strategic master franchise joint ventures in certain markets which we received a meaningful minority equity stake in each joint venture. We will continue to evaluate opportunities to accelerate international development of all our brands, including through the establishment of master franchises granting exclusive development rights and joint ventures with new and existing franchisees.
Franchise Agreements and Other Arrangements
General. We grant franchisees the right to operate restaurants using our trademarks, trade dress and other intellectual property, uniform operating procedures, consistent quality of products and services and standard procedures for inventory control and management. For each franchised restaurant, we generally enter into a franchise agreement covering a standard set of terms and conditions. Recurring fees consist of periodic royalty and advertising payments. Franchisees report gross sales on a monthly or weekly basis and pay royalties based on gross sales.
Franchise agreements are generally not assignable without our consent. Our franchise agreements in the TH segment grant us the right to reacquire a restaurant under certain circumstances, while franchise agreements in our BK, PLK and FHS segments generally provide us a right of first refusal if a franchisee proposes to sell a restaurant. Defaults (including non-payment of royalties or advertising contributions, or failure to operate in compliance with our standards) can lead to termination of the franchise agreement.
U.S. and Canada
TH - Tim Hortons franchisees in the U.S. and Canada operate under several types of license agreements, with a typical term for a standard restaurant of 10 years plus renewal period(s) of 10 years in the aggregate for Canada and a typical term of 20 years for the U.S. Tim Hortons franchisees who lease land and/or buildings from us typically pay a royalty of 3.0% to 4.5% of weekly restaurant gross sales. Our license agreements contemplate a one-time franchise fee which must be paid in full before the restaurant opens for business and upon the grant of an additional term. Under a separate lease or sublease, Tim Hortons franchisees typically pay monthly rent based on the greater of a fixed monthly payment and contingent rental payments based on a percentage (usually 8.5% to 10.0%) of monthly gross sales or flow through monthly rent based on the terms of an underlying lease. Where the franchisee owns the premises, leases it from a third party or enters into a flow through lease with Tim Hortons, the royalty is typically increased. In addition, the royalty rates under license agreements entered into in connection with non-standard restaurants, including self-serve kiosks and strategic alliances with third parties, may vary from those described above and are negotiated on a case-by-case basis.
BK - The typical Burger King franchise agreement in the U.S. and Canada has a 20-year term, which contemplates a one-time franchise fee plus an additional fee upon renewal. Subject to the incentive programs described below, most new Burger King franchised restaurants pay a royalty on gross sales of 4.5%. Burger King franchise agreements typically provide for a 20-year renewal term. In addition, Burger King franchisees pay a technology fee on all digital sales through our proprietary technology.
In an effort to improve the image of our BK restaurants in the U.S., we offered U.S. franchisees matching funds with respect to certain restaurant upgrades and remodels. These franchisees can elect to pay an increased royalty rate in order to receive a higher level of matching funds. We plan to continue to offer remodel incentives to U.S. franchisees during 2024. These limited-term incentive programs are expected to negatively impact our cash flow in the early years while in effect but increase the royalty rate for a period following the remodel. However, we expect this impact to be partially mitigated as incentive programs granted in prior years that provided reductions to royalty and advertising rates expire.
PLK - The typical Popeyes franchise agreement in the U.S. and Canada has a 20-year term, which contemplates a one-time franchise fee plus an additional fee upon renewal. Subject to the incentive programs described below, most Popeyes restaurants pay a royalty on gross sales of 5.0%. Popeyes franchise agreements typically provide for two 10-year renewal terms. In addition, Popeyes franchisees pay a technology fee on all digital sales through our proprietary technology.
For Popeyes, we offer development incentive programs pursuant to which we encourage veterans, women and minorities to become Popeyes franchisees and programs for these franchisees and existing top operators to develop and open new restaurants.
FHS - The typical Firehouse Subs franchise agreement has a 10-year term. Subject to the incentive programs described below, most Firehouse restaurants in the U.S. and Canada pay a royalty on gross sales of 6.0%. Firehouse Subs franchise agreements typically provide for either one 10-year renewal term or four 5-year renewal terms. In addition, Firehouse Subs franchisees pay an annual per restaurant information system fee, and starting in 2024, a technology fee for digital transactions.
For Firehouse Subs franchisees, we offer limited-term royalty reductions in connection with commitments to develop additional restaurants in specified territories and now offer incentive programs with matching funds for existing franchisees as well as for first responders and veterans to become Firehouse franchisees.
International
As part of the international growth strategy for each of our brands, we have entered into master franchise agreements or development agreements that grant franchisees exclusive or non-exclusive development rights and, in some cases, allow them to sub-franchise or require them to provide support services to other franchisees in their markets. In 2023, we entered into master franchise agreements for the Popeyes brand in China and Romania, for the Tim Hortons brand in South Korea, Singapore and Malaysia, for the Firehouse Subs brand in the United Arab Emirates and Oman, and for the Burger King brand in Reunion Island, and development agreements for the Popeyes brand in Kuwait, Bahrain, Costa Rica, Albania, Kosovo, Montenegro and Bosnia and Herzegovina, for the Tim Hortons brand in Panama, for the Firehouse Subs brand in Mexico, Albania and Kosovo, and for the Burger King brand in Albania, Kosovo, Montenegro, Bulgaria, and Bosnia and Herzegovina. The franchise fees, royalty rate and advertising contributions paid by master franchisees or developers vary from country to country, depending on the facts and circumstances of each market. We expect to continue implementing similar arrangements for our brands in 2024 and beyond.
Franchise Restaurant Leases
We leased or subleased to franchisees 3,541 properties in our TH segment, 1,299 properties in our BK segment, 93 properties in our PLK segment and 8 properties in our INTL segment as of December 31, 2023 pursuant to separate lease agreements with these franchisees. For properties that we lease from third-party landlords and sublease to franchisees, our leases generally provide for fixed rental payments and may provide for contingent rental payments based on a restaurant’s annual gross sales. Franchisees who lease land only or land and building from us do so on a “triple net” basis. Under these triple net leases, the franchisee is obligated to pay all costs and expenses, including all real property taxes and assessments, repairs and maintenance and insurance. In many cases, we will contribute toward the cost of remodels with the franchisees in connection with extensions of the underlying lease.
Advertising and Promotions
In general, franchisees fund substantially all of the marketing programs for each of our brands by making contributions ranging from 2.0% to 5.0% of gross sales to advertising funds managed by us or by the franchisees. Advertising contributions are used to pay for expenses relating to marketing, advertising and promotion, including market research, production, advertising costs, sales promotions, social media campaigns, technology initiatives and other support functions for the respective brands. As part of our global marketing strategy, we provide franchisees with advertising support and guidance in order to deliver a consistent global brand message.
U.S. and Canada - We manage the advertising funds for each of our brands in the U.S. and Canada. In 2021, we spent C$80 million to support TH Canada advertising expenses. In September 2022, we announced our intention to pay $120 million of BK US advertising expenses over approximately two years, of which we have spent $62 million through December 31, 2023.
INTL - While we manage the advertising funds in a few select markets for Burger King, Popeyes and Firehouse Subs in the INTL segment, in most international markets, including the markets managed by master franchisees, franchisees make contributions into franchisee-managed advertising funds.
Product Development
New product development is a key driver of the long-term success of our brands. We believe the development of new products can drive traffic by expanding our customer base, allowing restaurants to expand into new dayparts, and continuing to build brand leadership in food quality and taste. Based on guest feedback, we drive product innovation in order to satisfy the needs of our guests around the world. This strategy will continue to be a focus in 2024 and beyond.
Operations Support
Our operations strategy is designed to deliver best-in-class restaurant operations by our franchisees and to improve friendliness, cleanliness, speed of service and overall guest satisfaction. Each of our brands has uniform operating standards and specifications relating to product quality, cleanliness and maintenance of the premises. In addition, our restaurants are required to be operated in accordance with quality assurance and health standards that each brand has established, as well as standards set by applicable governmental laws and regulations and applicable health authority guidelines. Each franchisee typically participates in initial and ongoing training programs to learn all aspects of operating a restaurant in accordance with each brand’s operating standards.
Manufacturing, Supply and Distribution
In general, we approve the manufacturers of the food, packaging, equipment and other products used in restaurants for each of our brands. We have a comprehensive supplier approval process, which requires all food and packaging products to pass our quality standards and the suppliers’ manufacturing process and facilities to pass on-site food safety inspections. Our franchisees are required to purchase substantially all food and other products from approved suppliers and distributors.
U.S. and Canada
TH - Tim Hortons products, in Canada and the U.S., are sourced from a combination of third-party suppliers and our own manufacturing facilities. To protect our proprietary blends, we operate two coffee roasting facilities in Ancaster, Ontario and Rochester, New York, where we primarily roast the majority of the coffee for our Tim Hortons restaurants and blend the beans for our take home, packaged coffee. We utilize third-party roasting or manufacturing facilities for certain other take home products and international markets. Our fondant and fills manufacturing facility in Oakville, Ontario produces, and is the primary supplier of, the ready-to-use glaze, fondants, fills and syrups which are used in a number of Tim Hortons products. As of December 31, 2023, we typically have only one or a few suppliers to service each category of products sold at our restaurants.
We sell most raw materials and supplies, including coffee, sugar, paper goods and other restaurant supplies, to Tim Hortons restaurants. We purchase each type of those raw materials from a few suppliers and generally have alternative sources of supply for each. While we have multiple suppliers for green coffee from various coffee-producing regions, the available supply and price for high-quality coffee beans can fluctuate significantly. Accordingly, we monitor world market conditions for green (unroasted) coffee and contract for future supply volumes to obtain expected requirements of high-quality coffee beans at acceptable prices.
Our TH segment also includes significant supply chain operations, including procurement, warehousing and distribution, to supply paper, dry goods, frozen goods and refrigerated products to a substantial majority of our Canadian restaurants. We act as a distributor to Tim Hortons restaurants in Canada through nine distribution centers located in Canada, of which five are company-owned. We own or lease a significant number of trucks and trailers that regularly deliver to most of our Canadian restaurants. In the U.S., we supply similar products to restaurants through third-party distributors.
BK, PLK, FHS - All of the products used in our BK, PLK and FHS restaurants are sourced from third-party suppliers. In the U.S. and Canada, there are purchasing cooperatives for each of BK and PLK that negotiate the purchase terms for most equipment, food, beverages (other than branded soft drinks which we negotiate separately under long-term agreements) and other products used in BK and PLK restaurants. Additionally, some suppliers pay us rebates based on items purchased by franchisees. The purchasing cooperative is also authorized to manage distribution services on behalf of most of the BK and PLK restaurants in the U.S. and Canada. PLK also utilizes exclusive suppliers for certain of its proprietary products. As of December 31, 2023, four distributors serviced approximately 92% of BK restaurants in the U.S., five distributors serviced approximately 85% of PLK restaurants in the U.S. and five distributors serviced approximately 100% of the FHS restaurants in the U.S.
In 2023, Burger King entered into a new long-term exclusive contract with The Coca-Cola Company to supply BK restaurants with their products for ten years. The contract retains the remaining volume obligation under the prior agreement for restaurants in the U.S. to purchase a specified number of gallons of soft drink syrup. Burger King also has a volume commitment agreement with Dr. Pepper/Snapple, Inc. As of December 31, 2023, we estimate that it will take approximately four years to complete the Coca-Cola purchase commitment and approximately eight years to complete the Dr Pepper/Snapple, Inc. purchase commitment. If these agreements were terminated, we would be obligated to pay an aggregate amount equal to approximately $230 million as of December 31, 2023 based on an amount per gallon for each gallon of soft drink syrup remaining in the purchase commitments, interest and certain other costs.
INTL - In general, the products used in our INTL restaurants are sourced from third-party suppliers and to a lesser extent from our TH manufacturing facilities. In those markets in which we have master franchise agreements, the master franchisee is responsible for selecting the suppliers and negotiating price, subject to approval of one of our regional quality assurance or other applicable marketing or operations teams. In other INTL markets, franchisees can make their own purchasing decisions from an approved supplier list which has been vetted by the relevant regional quality assurance or applicable marketing or operations team. We
encourage our INTL franchisees to source products from local suppliers that are approved by us and we work with franchisees to approve potential suppliers in their local markets.
Intellectual Property
We own valuable intellectual property relating to our brands, including trademarks, service marks, patents, industrial designs, copyrights, trade secrets and other proprietary information, some of which are of material importance to our Tim Hortons, Burger King, Popeyes and Firehouse Subs brands. The duration of trademarks and service marks varies by country, however, trademarks and service marks generally are valid and may be renewed as long as they are in use and/or properly registered. We have established the standards and specifications for most of the goods and services used in the development, improvement and operation of our restaurants. These proprietary standards, specifications and restaurant operating procedures are our trade secrets. Additionally, we own certain patents and industrial designs of varying duration relating to equipment and/or packaging used in Burger King and Tim Hortons restaurants.
Information Systems and Digital Technology
Our corporate financial, human resources and similar systems are fully integrated and provide a solid foundation for our business. Franchisees may utilize point-of-sale software provided by approved third-party vendors. Depending on the region, these vendors may also offer labor scheduling, inventory, production management, cash control services, and other services. We have an architecture that enables us to build custom customer-facing applications and integrate them with our third-party providers, to support mobile ordering, web ordering, and kiosks. As of the end of 2023, we have deployed this architecture in the U.S., Canada, and several international jurisdictions, and we plan to deploy it to additional markets in the future.
We have expanded our digital technologies and the use of our mobile apps continues to increase. We provide digital loyalty programs across TH, BK, PLK, and FHS and have digital loyalty programs in many of our INTL markets. In addition, we offer our guests added convenience through third-party and white label delivery at many of our restaurants. Further, we are continuing to modernize the drive-thru experience and we plan to leverage our technology capabilities to continue to expand the choices for how customers order, pay for and receive their food.
Although many of our systems are provided through third parties, we have the ability to obtain data from most of our franchised restaurants and from Company restaurants, which allows us to assess how our new and existing products are performing around the world. Additionally, we have been investing to upgrade our supply chain systems and improve efficiency. We expect to continue to invest in technology capabilities to support and drive our business.
Competition
Each of our brands competes in the U.S., Canada and internationally with many well-established food service companies on the basis of product choice, quality, affordability, service and location. With few barriers to entry to the restaurant industry, our competitors include a variety of independent local operators, in addition to well-capitalized regional, national and international restaurant chains and franchises, and new competitors may emerge at any time. We also compete for consumer dining dollars with national, regional and local (i) quick service restaurants that offer alternative menus, (ii) casual and “fast casual” restaurant chains, (iii) convenience stores and grocery stores, and (iv) new concepts, such as virtual brands. Furthermore, delivery aggregators and other food delivery services provide consumers with convenient access to a broad range of competing restaurant chains and food retailers, particularly in urban areas.
Government Regulations and Affairs
General. We and our franchisees are subject to various laws and regulations including (i) licensing and regulation relating to health, food preparation, sanitation and safety standards, sustainability, and, for our distribution business, traffic and transportation regulations; (ii) information security, privacy and consumer protection laws; and (iii) other laws regulating the design, accessibility and operation of facilities, such as the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Accessibility for Ontarians with Disabilities Act and similar Canadian federal and provincial legislation that can have a significant impact on our franchisees and our performance. These regulations include food safety regulations, including supervision by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration and its international equivalents, which govern the manufacture, labeling, packaging, traceability and safety of food. In addition, we are or may become subject to legislation or regulation seeking to tax and/or regulate high-fat, high-calorie and high-sodium foods, particularly in Canada, the U.S., certain European countries and other markets around the world. Certain countries, provinces, states and municipalities have approved menu labeling legislation that requires restaurant chains to provide caloric information on menu boards, and menu labeling legislation has also been adopted on the U.S. federal level as well as in Ontario.
U.S. and Canada. Our restaurants must comply with licensing requirements and regulations by a number of governmental authorities, which include zoning, health, safety, sanitation, building and fire agencies in the jurisdiction in which the restaurant is located. We and our franchisees are also subject to various employment laws, including laws governing union organizing, working
conditions, work authorization requirements, health insurance, overtime and wages and efforts are currently underway to strengthen these laws in favor of the employee. In addition, we and our U.S. franchisees are subject to the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act.
We are subject to federal franchising laws adopted by the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”) and state and provincial franchising laws. Much of the legislation and rules adopted have been aimed at providing detailed disclosure to a prospective franchisee, duties of good faith as between the franchisor and the franchisee, and/or periodic registration by the franchisor with applicable regulatory agencies. Additionally, some U.S. states have enacted or are considering enacting legislation that governs the termination or non-renewal of a franchise agreement and other aspects of the franchise relationship.
International. Internationally, we and our franchisees are subject to national and local laws and regulations that often are similar in nature to those affecting us and our franchisees in the U.S. and Canada. We and our franchisees are also subject to a variety of tariffs and regulations on imported commodities and equipment, and laws regulating foreign investment.
Environmental. Various laws concerning the handling, storage and disposal of hazardous materials and restaurant waste and the operation of restaurants in environmentally sensitive locations may impact aspects of our operations and the operations of our franchisees; however, we do not believe that compliance with applicable environmental regulations will have a material effect on our capital expenditures, financial condition, results of operations, or competitive position. Increased focus by U.S., Canadian and international governmental authorities on environmental matters is likely to lead to new governmental initiatives, particularly in the area of climate change. While we cannot predict the precise nature of these initiatives, we expect that they may impact our business both directly and indirectly. There is a possibility that government initiatives, or actual or perceived effect of changes in weather patterns, climate or water resources could have a direct impact on the operations of our brands in ways that we cannot predict at this time.
Sustainability
We are committed to the simple principle of doing what’s right. Our “Restaurant Brands for Good” plan provides a framework for serving our guests the food and drinks they love while contributing to a sustainable future and having a positive social impact in the communities we serve. Our ongoing efforts will focus on three key pillars:
•Food - serving high quality and great tasting food every day with a focus on food safety, improving choice, nutrition, transparency, and ingredients;
•Planet - continuing to reduce our environmental footprint, with a focus on packaging and recycling, green buildings, and responsible sourcing; and
•People & Communities - supporting communities and enhancing livelihoods, with a focus on supporting communities, talent development, diversity and inclusion, ethics and human rights, and improving supplier livelihoods.
We have adopted science based targets to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by 50% by 2030, and are committed to achieving net-zero emissions by 2050. Starting in 2024, we will be changing our base year from 2019 to 2022, to reflect emissions from Firehouse Subs, which we acquired in December 2021, and an improved calculation methodology. While most of the impact is from scope 3 emissions that are not under our direct control, reaching these targets will require us to devote resources to support changes by suppliers, manufacturers, raw material sourcing, distributors, and franchisees.
The sustainability section of our corporate website sets forth our initiatives with respect to these pillars and will be updated periodically but is not incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Seasonal Operations
Our restaurant sales are typically higher in the spring and summer months when the weather is warmer and typically lowest during the winter months. Furthermore, adverse weather conditions can have material adverse effects on restaurant sales. The timing of holidays may also impact restaurant sales. Because our businesses are moderately seasonal, results for any one quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be achieved for any other quarter or for the full fiscal year.
Human Capital
As of December 31, 2023, we had approximately 9,000 employees, including approximately 2,200 corporate employees in our restaurant support centers and serving our franchisees from the field, approximately 1,300 employees in our distribution centers and manufacturing facilities, and approximately 5,500 employees in Company restaurants. Our franchisees are independent business owners that separately employ more than 500,000 team members in their restaurants.
We strive to create a workplace environment where our employees love coming to work each day; a place that is committed to inclusion, respect, accountability and doing what is right. While our board regularly receives updates from our people team, the compensation committee has oversight of our compensation program and the audit committee has been tasked with oversight of workforce management risks. Our people team is organized into four pillars that focus on attracting, retaining, developing and rewarding top talent.
The cycle starts with attracting talent from campus and professional sources, leveraging technology to identify and assess candidates who best fit our roles. As part of our hiring process, we have committed that at least half of all final-round candidates interviewing for roles with our four RBI restaurant support centers will be from groups that are demonstrably diverse, including gender, race and sexual orientation, based on the composition and requirements of the applicable jurisdiction. Since our commitment, we have meaningfully exceeded that target, leading to an increase in diverse hires. In 2023, RBI hired approximately 500 new corporate employees, 7,000 new restaurant employees, and 400 new distribution and manufacturing employees. Each population segment has a dedicated onboarding program designed to get employees up to speed quickly, and foster a smooth transition into the workplace.
Our retention efforts focus on work environment, employee engagement and our diversity and inclusion initiatives. We regularly conduct anonymous surveys to seek feedback from our restaurant support center and field employees on a variety of topics, including our sustainability and diversity initiatives, flexible work policies, the support they receive from their managers, and the types of learning and development opportunities they would like to have offered. Our executive Steering Committee monitors progress across key indicators such as representation, engagement, and retention to guide strategies for promoting diversity and inclusion. To ensure that the work of the Steering Committee is fully integrated, we have dedicated team members within the people and legal teams to implement initiatives in this space. These initiatives include company-wide implicit bias training, internal events featuring eminent speakers, and sponsorship and mentorship opportunities for identity-based groups. We also leverage designated subject matter experts across each of our brands to ensure accountability and consistent execution of priorities company-wide with regards to marketing, suppliers, franchisees, and community engagement.
Developing talent includes evaluation, training, career planning and leadership development. We have a rigorous talent assessment process for restaurant support center and field employees built on specific competencies that we assess at both the employee and job level. This data allows us to more easily identify potential successors and illuminate potential opportunities for our employees in a more objective and unbiased way. Additionally, to help our employees and franchisee’s team members succeed in their roles, we emphasize continuous training and development opportunities and have a formal mentoring program that connects employees from our restaurant support centers around the world to facilitate career growth and development opportunities. These include, but are not limited to, safety and security protocols, updates on new products and service offerings and deployment of technologies. In 2023, we conducted management and leadership training, including problem solving, feedback sessions, data analysis and spot learning opportunities to address specific business needs. We also brought back our brand service days, which allow corporate employees to work in our restaurants in a structured way that enables a better link between the corporate decisions we make and the operational deployment of them at the restaurant level.
Our approach to rewarding talent is through a combination of compensation, recognition, and wellness benefits. We are committed to providing market-competitive pay and benefits, affirming our pay for performance philosophy while balancing retention risk. Restaurant support center and distribution employees are eligible for performance-based cash incentive programs. Each incentive plan reinforces and rewards individuals for achievement of specific business goals. All employees are also able to access telemedicine with no copay, as well as a 24/7 Employee Assistance Program. For corporate office and field-based employees, we offer a leading parental leave policy.
Underpinning all of these initiatives is a strong reliance on data. We leverage our people analytics team and human capital management system to assess our achievements in each of our four pillars to identify areas for improvement. A team of experienced people business partners work closely with their client groups to provide counsel on people issues and help roll out people initiatives directly to employees.
While much of the work mentioned above relates to our corporate workforce, we also have adopted employee guidelines and policies applicable to our restaurant employees and encourage our franchisees to adopt similar guidelines and policies.
Philanthropic Foundations
RBI is committed to strengthening and giving back to the communities we serve through our brand foundations and by supporting local programs and issues that are close to our guests’ hearts. Our philanthropic foundations include:
Tim Hortons Foundation Camps and Smile Cookie Initiative: Created in 1974, Tim Hortons Foundation Camps are helping youth aged 12-16 from disadvantaged circumstances discover the strengths within themselves. Through December 31, 2023, the Tim Hortons Foundation’s annual Camp Day has sent hundreds of thousands of youth to a multi-year camp-based program at one of seven Tims Camps in Canada and the U.S. In addition, the Tim Hortons annual Smile Cookie initiative is empowering restaurant owners to
sell special Smile Cookies for a full week and donate 100% of the proceeds to the charities they select. Since the first-ever Smile Cookie campaign in 1996, this charitable campaign has raised millions of dollars for local charities, hospitals, and community programs.
The Burger King Foundation: Established in 2005, the Burger King Foundation creates brighter futures by empowering individuals and feeding potential through education and emergency relief. Since its inception, hundreds of thousands of children and families have been supported through educational programs and employee emergency relief grants, with the Burger King Scholars Program awarding millions in scholarship funds alone.
The Popeyes Foundation: The mission of the Popeyes Foundation is to strengthen communities with food and support in times of need. The Popeyes Foundation contributes to communities through third-party initiatives and, since 2018, has provided millions of meals to children in local communities. The Foundation additionally supports the Popeyes family directly through the Popeyes Foundation Family Fund. This fund supports U.S. employees who may be victims of natural disasters or other emergency hardship situations.
Firehouse Subs Public Safety Foundation: Both the U.S. and Canadian foundations are committed to supporting public safety in our communities through funding in four distinct areas: providing lifesaving equipment to first responders, delivering prevention education to promote safety, offering scholarships for careers in public safety, and providing disaster relief assistance. We strive to make a tangible impact in the communities we serve by supporting and empowering the heroes who work so tirelessly to keep us safe.
Available Information
We make available free of charge on or through the Investor Relations section of our internet website at www.rbi.com, all materials that we file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), including this Annual Report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after electronically filing or furnishing such material with the SEC and with the Canadian Securities Administrators. This information is also available at www.sec.gov, an internet site maintained by the SEC that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC, and on SEDAR+ at www.sedarplus.ca, a website maintained by the Canadian Securities Administrators. The references to our website address, the SEC’s website address and the website maintained by the Canadian Securities Administrators do not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained in these websites and should be not considered part of this document.
A copy of our Corporate Governance Guidelines, Code of Business Ethics and Conduct for Non-Restaurant Employees, Code of Ethics for Executive Officers, Code of Conduct for Directors and the Charters of the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and Conflicts Committee of our board of directors are posted in the Investor Relations section of our website at www.rbi.com.
Our principal executive offices are located at 130 King Street West, Suite 300, Toronto, Ontario M5X 1E1, Canada. Our telephone number is (905) 339-6011.
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Risks Related to Our Business Operations
We face intense competition in our markets, which could negatively impact our business.
The restaurant industry is intensely competitive and we compete with many well-established food service companies on the basis of product choice, quality, affordability, service and location. With few barriers to entry, our competitors include a variety of independent local operators, in addition to well-capitalized regional, national and international restaurant chains and franchises, and new competitors may emerge at any time. Furthermore, delivery aggregators and food delivery services provide consumers with convenient access to a broad range of competing restaurant chains and food retailers, particularly in urbanized areas, and may form a closer relationship with our customers and increase costs to us. Each of our brands also competes for qualified franchisees, suitable restaurant locations and management and personnel.
Our ability to compete will depend on the success of our plans to effectively respond to consumer preferences, improve existing products, develop and roll-out new products, and manage the complexity of restaurant operations as well as the impact of our competitors’ actions. In addition, our long-term success will depend on our ability to strengthen our customers' digital experience through mobile ordering, delivery, kiosks, loyalty programs, and social interaction. Some of our competitors have substantially greater financial resources, higher revenues and greater economies of scale than we do. These advantages may allow them to implement their operational strategies more quickly or effectively than we can or benefit from changes in technologies, which could harm our competitive position. These competitive advantages may be exacerbated in a difficult economy, thereby permitting our competitors to gain market share. We may be unable to successfully respond to changing consumer preferences, including with respect to new technologies and alternative methods of delivery. In addition, online platforms and aggregators may direct potential customers to other options based on paid placements, online reviews or other factors. If we are unable to maintain our competitive position, we could experience lower demand for products, downward pressure on prices, reduced margins, an inability to take advantage of new business opportunities, a loss of market share, reduced franchisee profitability and an inability to attract qualified franchisees in the future.
Failure to preserve the value and relevance of our brands could negatively impact our financial results.
We depend in large part on the value of the Tim Hortons, Burger King, Popeyes and Firehouse Subs brands. To be successful in the future, we must preserve, enhance and leverage the value of our brands. Brand value is based in part on consumer tastes, preferences and perceptions on a variety of factors, including the nutritional content, methods of production and preparation of our products and our business practices, including with respect to animal welfare, natural resources, sustainability and other environmental or social concerns. Consumer acceptance of our products may be influenced by or subject to change for a variety of reasons. For example, adverse publicity associated with nutritional, health and other scientific studies and conclusions, which constantly evolve and often have contradictory implications, may drive popular opinion against quick service restaurants in general, which may impact the demand for our products. Moreover, health campaigns against products we offer in favor of foods that are perceived as healthier may affect consumer perception of our product offerings and impact the value of our brands.
In addition, adverse publicity related to litigation, regulation (including initiatives intended to drive consumer behavior) or incidents involving us, our franchisees, competitors or suppliers may impact the value of our brands by discouraging customers from buying our products. Perceptions may also be affected by activist campaigns to promote adverse perceptions of the quick service restaurant industry or our brands and/or our operations, suppliers, franchisees or other partners such as campaigns aimed at sustainability or living-wage opinions. Consumer demand for our products and our brand equity could diminish if we, our employees or our franchisees or other business partners fail to preserve the quality of our products, act or are perceived to act as unethical, illegal, racially-biased or in a socially irresponsible manner, including with respect to the sourcing, content or sale of our products or the use of consumer data for general or direct marketing or other purposes, fail to comply with laws and regulations, publicly take controversial positions or actions or fail to deliver a consistently positive consumer experience in each of our markets. If we are unsuccessful in addressing consumer adverse perceptions, our brands and our financial results may suffer.
Economic conditions have and may continue to adversely affect consumer discretionary spending and our business and results.
We believe that our restaurant sales, guest traffic and profitability are strongly correlated to consumer discretionary spending, which is influenced by general economic conditions, unemployment levels, the availability of discretionary income, inflation, and, ultimately, consumer confidence. A protracted economic slowdown, increased unemployment and underemployment of our customer base, decreased salaries and wage rates, inflation, rising interest rates or other industry-wide cost pressures adversely affect consumer behavior by weakening consumer confidence and decreasing consumer spending for restaurant dining occasions. As a result, we and our franchisees could experience reduced sales and profitability.
Our results can be adversely affected by unforeseen events, such as adverse weather conditions, natural disasters, war or terrorist attacks, pandemics, or other catastrophic events.
Unforeseen events, such as severe adverse weather conditions, earthquakes, hurricanes and other natural disasters, wars or terrorist attacks, pandemics or catastrophic events, as well as the actions taken in response to these unforeseen events can keep customers in the affected area from dining out, cause damage to or closure of restaurants and result in lost sales for our restaurants. For example, measures implemented to reduce the spread of COVID-19 adversely affected workforces, customers, consumer sentiment, supply chains, economies and financial markets, and, along with decreased consumer spending, led to an economic downturn and increased inflation in many of our markets. In addition, actual or threatened armed conflicts, such as the war in Ukraine and conflicts in the Middle East, terrorist attacks, efforts to combat terrorism, or heightened security requirements have and may in the future adversely affect our operations. Because a significant portion of our restaurant operating costs are fixed or semi-fixed in nature, the loss of sales and increases in labor, energy and commodity costs during these periods hurt our and our franchisees’ operating margins and can result in restaurant operating losses and loss of royalties.
Our results depend on effective marketing and advertising, successful new product launches and digital engagement.
Our revenues are heavily influenced by brand marketing and advertising and by our ability to develop and launch new and innovative products. If our marketing and advertising programs are not successful, or we fail to develop commercially successful new products, our ability to attract new guests and retain existing guests and our results of operations could be materially adversely affected. Because franchisees contribute to advertising funds based on a percentage of gross sales at their franchised restaurants, advertising fund expenditures generally are dependent upon restaurant sales volumes. If system-wide sales decline, amounts available for our marketing and advertising programs will be reduced unless we contribute to advertising spend, which could adversely affect our results of operations. Also, to the extent we use value offerings in our marketing and advertising programs to drive traffic, the low price offerings may condition our guests to resist higher prices in a more favorable economic environment.
In addition, we continue to focus on transforming the restaurant experience through technology and digital engagement to improve our service model and strengthen relationships with customers, including through digital channels, loyalty initiatives, mobile ordering and payment systems, social media engagement, and delivery initiatives. If our digital commerce platforms do not meet customers’ expectations in terms of security, privacy, speed, attractiveness or ease of use, customers may be less inclined to return to those platforms, which could negatively impact the same store sales of our brands. Also, utilizing third-party delivery services may not be as profitable as sales directly to our guests and may also introduce food quality and customer satisfaction risks outside of our control. If the third-party delivery services that we utilize cease or curtail their operations, increase their fees or give greater priority or promotions on their platforms to our competitors, our delivery business and our sales may be negatively impacted. The delivery business is also the subject of increased scrutiny from federal, state, and local regulators, which may result in additional costs and expenses that the delivery business may seek to pass through to participating restaurants, including through increased fees.
The global scope of our business subjects us to risks and costs that may cause our profitability to decline.
Our global operations expose us to risks in managing the differing cultural, regulatory, geopolitical and economic environments in the countries where our restaurants operate. These risks, which can vary substantially by market and may increase in importance as each of our brands enter into new markets and our franchisees expand operations in international markets, are described in many of the risk factors discussed in this report and include the following:
•governmental laws, regulations and policies adopted to manage national economic conditions, such as increases in taxes, austerity measures that impact consumer spending, monetary policies that may impact inflation rates and currency fluctuations;
•the effects of legal and regulatory changes and the burdens and costs of our compliance with a variety of foreign laws;
•changes in the laws and policies that govern foreign investment and trade in the countries in which we operate, including the imposition of import restrictions or controls;
•compliance with U.S., Canadian and other anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws, including compliance by our employees, contractors, licensees or agents and those of our strategic partners and joint ventures;
•risks and costs associated with political and economic instability, corruption, anti-American or anti-Canadian sentiment, boycotts and social and ethnic unrest in the countries in which we operate;
•the risks of operating in developing or emerging markets in which there are significant uncertainties regarding the interpretation, application and enforceability of laws, regulations, contract rights and intellectual property rights;
•risks arising from the significant and rapid fluctuations in currency exchange markets and the decisions and positions that we take to hedge such volatility;
•the impact of labor costs on our franchisees' margins given changing labor conditions and difficulties experienced by our franchisees in staffing their international operations; and
•the effects of increases in the taxes we pay and other changes in applicable tax laws.
The conflicts between Russia and Ukraine and in the Middle East may continue to adversely impact economic conditions in those regions and elsewhere including through decreased demand for brands associated with the U.S. or Canada and/or increased commodity, labor and energy costs, and/or delays or disruptions in supply chains that may adversely affect us and our franchisees’ restaurants.
Our operations are subject to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange and interest rates.
Because our reporting currency is U.S. dollars, our international revenue that is generated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar is translated to U.S. dollars for our financial reporting purposes. These international revenues are impacted by fluctuations in currency exchange rates and changes in currency regulations. In addition, fluctuations in interest rates may affect our business and the availability of financing for franchisees to open more restaurants. Although we attempt to minimize these risks through geographic diversification and the utilization of derivative financial instruments, our risk management strategies may not be effective and our results of operations could be adversely affected.
Increases in food, equipment and commodity costs or shortages or interruptions in supply or delivery thereof could harm our operating results and the results of our franchisees.
The profitability of our franchisees and us depends in part on our ability to anticipate and react to changes in food, equipment, commodity and supply costs. For example, the markets for beef and chicken are subject to significant price fluctuations due to seasonal shifts, climate conditions, the cost of grain, disease, industry demand, international commodity markets, food safety concerns, product recalls, government regulation, labor availability and cost, and other factors, all of which are beyond our control and, in many instances unpredictable. Increases, especially rapid increases, in commodity prices may adversely affect the profitability of our TH supply business and lead to reduced franchisee profitability to the extent prices cannot be proportionately increased without adversely affecting consumer demand. Such increases in commodity costs may materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.
We and our franchisees are dependent on frequent deliveries of fresh food products that meet our specifications. Shortages or interruptions in the supply of fresh food products or equipment caused by unanticipated demand, natural disasters or unforeseen events, such as pandemics, problems in production or distribution, inclement weather, delays or restrictions on shipping and/or manufacturing, closures of supplier or distributor facilities, financial distress or insolvency of suppliers or distributors, or other conditions have and in the future could adversely affect the availability, quality and cost of ingredients and equipment, which could adversely affect our operating results. Burger King and Popeyes restaurants in the U.S. and Canada utilize purchasing cooperatives to negotiate supplier contracts for food and packaging. We do not control these purchasing cooperatives and if they do not properly manage suppliers or cease operations, the relevant supply chain could experience significant disruption. As of December 31, 2023, we have only a few distributors that service most of our Burger King, Popeyes and Firehouse Subs operations in the U.S., and our operations could be adversely affected if any of these distributors were unable to fulfill their responsibilities and we were unable to secure a substitute distributor in a timely manner.
Our supply chain operations subject us to additional risks and may cause our profitability to decline.
We operate a vertically integrated supply chain for our TH business in which we manufacture, warehouse, and distribute certain food and restaurant supplies to Tim Hortons restaurants. Risks associated with this strategy include:
•delays and/or difficulties associated with, or liabilities arising from, owning a manufacturing, warehouse and distribution business;
•maintenance, operations and/or management of the facilities, equipment, employees and inventories;
•limitations on the flexibility of controlling capital expenditures and overhead;
•increased transportation, shipping, food and other supply costs;
•inclement weather or extreme weather events;
•shortages or interruptions in availability or supply of high-quality coffee beans, perishable food products and/or their ingredients;
•variations in the quality of food and beverage products and/or their ingredients; and
•political, physical, environmental, labor, or technological disruptions (such as from cybersecurity incidents) in our or our suppliers’ manufacturing and/or warehousing plants, facilities, or equipment.
If we do not adequately address the challenges related to these vertically integrated operations or the overall level of utilization or production decreases for any reason, our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely impacted. Moreover, interruptions in the availability and delivery of food, beverages and other supplies to our restaurants or retailers arising from shortages or greater than expected demand, may increase costs or reduce revenues. As of December 31, 2023, we have only one or a few suppliers to service each category of products sold at our Tim Hortons restaurants in the U.S. and Canada, and the loss of any one of these suppliers would likely adversely affect our business.
We and our franchisees may be unable to secure and renew desirable restaurant locations to maintain and grow our restaurant portfolios.
The success of any restaurant depends in substantial part on its location. Neighborhood or economic conditions where our restaurants are located could decline in the future as demographic patterns change, resulting in potentially reduced sales in those locations. Competition for restaurant locations can also be intense and there may be delays or cancellation of new site developments by developers and landlords or difficulties renewing existing sites, which may be exacerbated by factors related to the commercial real estate or credit markets. If franchisees cannot obtain and renew desirable locations for their restaurants at reasonable prices due to, among other things, higher than anticipated acquisition, construction and/or development costs of new restaurants, difficulty negotiating leases with acceptable terms, onerous land use or zoning restrictions, or challenges in securing required governmental permits, then their ability to execute their respective growth strategies may be adversely affected.
Based on their size advantage and/or their greater financial resources, some of our competitors may have the ability to negotiate more favorable lease terms than we can and some landlords and developers may offer priority or grant exclusivity to some of our competitors for desirable locations. As a result, we or our franchisees may not be able to obtain new leases or renew existing leases on acceptable terms, if at all, which could adversely affect our sales and brand-building initiatives.
Food safety concerns and concerns about the health risk of fast food may adversely affect our business.
Food safety is a top priority for us and we dedicate substantial resources to ensure that our customers enjoy safe, high-quality food products. However, food-borne illnesses and other food safety issues have occurred in the food industry in the past and could occur in the future. Also, our reliance on third-party food suppliers, distributors and food delivery aggregators increases the risk that food-borne illness incidents could be caused by factors outside of our control and that multiple locations would be affected rather than a single restaurant. Any occurrence of food-borne illness or any report or publicity, including through social media, linking us or one of our franchisees or suppliers to instances of food-borne illness or other food safety issues, including food tampering, adulteration or contamination, could require us to temporarily close restaurants, reduce sales and profits and adversely affect our brands and reputation. Such occurrence at restaurants of competitors could adversely affect sales as a result of negative publicity about the industry generally. The occurrence of food-borne illnesses or food safety issues, at our franchisees' restaurants or those of our competitors, could also adversely affect the price and availability of affected ingredients, which could result in disruptions in our supply chain, significantly increase costs and/or lower margins for us and our franchisees.
Some of our products contain caffeine, dairy products, fats, sugar and other compounds and allergens, the health effects of which are the subject of public scrutiny, including suggesting that excessive consumption of these ingredients can lead to a variety of adverse health effects. An unfavorable report on the health effects of any compounds present in our products, or negative publicity or litigation arising from other health risks such as obesity, could significantly reduce the demand for our beverages and food products. A decrease in customer traffic as a result of these health concerns or negative publicity could materially and adversely affect our brands and our business.
Materially increasing the number of restaurants that we operate could expose us to additional risk and adversely affect our operating margins and cash flows.
Historically, we operated a nearly fully franchised business model. However, in connection with the acquisition of Carrols, which we expect to complete in the second quarter of 2024, we will acquire approximately 1,100 restaurants, the vast majority of which are BK restaurants. In addition, we have recently acquired approximately 125 BK restaurants unrelated to the acquisition of Carrols, 38 of which were acquired in January 2024. Upon completing the Carrols acquisition, we will operate approximately 18% of our BK restaurants in the U.S. and Canada and 4% of our total restaurants. We expect to operate these acquired restaurants before refranchising most of them.
Operating a material portfolio of restaurants can expose us to additional risks or exacerbate those risks to which we are already exposed as a franchisor. For example, as a result of the Carrols acquisition, we expect to increase our number of employees by approximately 24,000. This increase in employees may expose us to additional liability and costs, such as risks associated with minimum wage increases and other mandated benefits, increased costs arising from third party and self-insured health care insurance, employment and labor liability, and regulatory compliance risks. We could also be subject to additional liability such as property,
environmental and other liability as a result of being a direct operator and lessee of additional restaurants and liability arising from regulatory compliance. Furthermore, risks arising from increases in commodity prices, fuel prices or other costs associated with operating restaurants could adversely affect our operating margins if we are unable to increase pricing proportionately.
Additionally, as we previously announced, we plan to fund the remodel of substantially all BK restaurants acquired in the Carrols acquisition utilizing Carrols restaurants’ operating cash flow. Any future adverse pressure on acquired Carrols restaurants’ cash flow may delay these plans or impact consolidated RBI cash flow if we need to use funds from other sources to complete these remodels.
If we are unable to adequately protect our intellectual property, the value of our brands and our business may be harmed.
Our brands, which represent approximately 46% of the total assets on our balance sheet as of December 31, 2023, are very important to our success and our competitive position. We rely on a combination of trademarks, copyrights, service marks, trade secrets, patents, industrial designs, and other intellectual property rights to protect our brands and the respective branded products. While we have registered certain trademarks in Canada, the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions, not all of the trademarks that our brands currently use have been registered in all of the countries in which we do business, and they may never be registered in all of these countries. We may not be able to adequately protect our trademarks, and our use of these trademarks may result in liability for trademark infringement, trademark dilution or unfair competition. The steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property in Canada, the U.S. and other countries may not be adequate and we may, from time to time, be required to institute litigation to enforce our trademarks or other intellectual property rights or to protect our trade secrets. Further, third parties may assert or prosecute infringement claims against us. In these cases, our proprietary rights could be challenged, circumvented, infringed or invalidated. Any such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could negatively affect our revenue, profitability and prospects regardless of whether we are able to successfully enforce our rights. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of Canada and the U.S.
Changes in regulations may adversely affect restaurant operations and our financial results.
Our restaurants are subject to licensing and regulation by health, sanitation, safety and other agencies in the state, province and/or municipality in which the restaurant is located. Federal, state, provincial and local government authorities have enacted and may enact laws, rules or regulations that impact restaurant operations and may increase the cost of doing business. In developing markets, we face the risks associated with new and untested laws and judicial systems. If we fail to comply with existing or future laws, we may be subject to governmental fines and sanctions.
We are subject to various provincial, state and foreign laws that govern the offer and sale of a franchise, including an FTC rule in the U.S. Various provincial, state and foreign laws regulate certain aspects of the franchise relationship, including terminations and the refusal to renew franchises. The failure to comply with these laws and regulations in any jurisdiction or to obtain required government approvals could result in a ban or temporary suspension on future franchise sales, fines and penalties or require us to make offers of rescission or restitution, any of which could adversely affect our business and operating results. We could also face lawsuits by franchisees based upon alleged violations of these laws.
If we are unable to effectively manage the risks associated with our complex regulatory environment, it could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.
We and our franchisees may be adversely affected by climate change.
We, our franchisees, and our supply chain are subject to risks and costs arising from the effects of climate change, greenhouse gases, and diminishing energy and water resources. Climate change may have a negative effect on agricultural productivity which may result in decreased availability or less favorable pricing for certain commodities used in our products, such as beef, chicken, coffee beans and dairy. Climate change may also increase the frequency or severity of weather-related events and natural disasters. Such adverse weather-related impacts may disrupt our operations, cause restaurant closures or delay the opening of new restaurants, and/or increase the costs of (and decrease the availability of) food and other supplies needed for our operations. In turn this could result in reduced profitability for our franchisees and our Company restaurants and reduced system-wide sales and franchise revenue for us. In addition, various legislative and regulatory efforts to combat climate change may increase in the future, which could result in additional taxes, increased expenses and otherwise disrupt or adversely impact our business and/or our growth prospects.
We are subject to increasing and evolving requirements and expectations with respect to social, governance and environmental sustainability matters, which could expose us to numerous risks.
There has been an increased focus, including from investors, the public and governmental and nongovernmental authorities, on social, governance and environmental sustainability matters, such as climate change, greenhouse gases, packaging and waste, human
rights, diversity, sustainable supply chain practices, animal health and welfare, deforestation, land, energy and water use and other corporate responsibility matters. We and our franchisees are and may become subject to changing rules, regulations and consumer or investor expectations with respect to these matters. As the result of these evolving requirements and increased expectations, as well as our commitment to sustainability matters, we may continue to establish or expand goals, commitments or targets, take actions to meet such goals, commitments and targets and provide expanded disclosure on these matters. These goals could be difficult and expensive to implement, the technologies needed to implement them may not be cost effective and may not advance at a sufficient pace, we may be criticized for the accuracy, adequacy or completeness of disclosures and we are not able to mandate compliance by our franchisees with any of these goals. Further, goals may be based on standards for measuring progress that are still developing, internal controls and processes that continue to evolve, assumptions that are subject to change, and other risks and uncertainties, many of which are outside of our control. If our data, processes and reporting with respect to social and environmental matters are incomplete or inaccurate, or if we fail to achieve progress with respect to these goals on a timely basis, or if our franchisees are not able to meet consumer or investor expectations, consumer and investor trust in our brands may suffer which could diminish the value of our brands and adversely affect our business.
Outsourcing certain functions to third-party vendors subjects us to risks, including disruptions and increased costs.
We have outsourced certain administrative functions for our business, certain information technology support services and benefit plan administration to third-party service providers. In the future, we may outsource other functions to achieve cost savings and efficiencies. If the outsourced service providers do not perform effectively, we may not be able to achieve the expected cost savings and may incur additional costs in connection with such failure to perform. Depending on the function involved, such failures may also lead to business disruption, transaction errors, processing inefficiencies, the loss of sales and customers, the loss of or damage to intellectual property through security breach, and the loss of data through security breach or otherwise. Any such damage or interruption could have a material adverse effect on our business, cause us to face significant fines, customer notice obligations or costly litigation, harm our reputation with our customers or prevent us from paying our collective suppliers or employees or receiving payments on a timely basis.
Risks Related to Our Nearly Fully Franchised Business Model
Our nearly fully franchised business model presents a number of disadvantages and risks.
Nearly all of our restaurants are owned and operated by franchisees. Therefore, our future prospects depend on our ability to attract new franchisees for each of our brands that meet our criteria and the willingness and ability of franchisees to open restaurants in existing and new markets. We may be unable to identify franchisees who meet our criteria, or franchisees we identify may not successfully implement their expansion plans.
Our nearly fully franchised business model presents a number of other drawbacks, such as limited influence over franchisee operations, limited ability to facilitate changes in restaurant ownership, limitations on enforcement of franchise obligations due to bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, and reliance on franchisees to participate in our strategic initiatives. While we can mandate certain strategic initiatives through enforcement of our franchise agreements, we will need the active support of our franchisees if the implementation of these initiatives is to be successful. The failure of franchisees to support our marketing programs and strategic initiatives could adversely affect our ability to implement our business strategy and could materially harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. On occasion we have encountered, and may in the future encounter, challenges in receiving specific financial and operational results from our franchisees in a consistent and timely manner, which can negatively impact our business and operating results.
Our competitors that have a significantly higher percentage of company-operated restaurants than we do may have greater influence over their respective restaurant systems and greater ability to implement operational initiatives and business strategies, including their marketing and advertising programs. As part of our growth strategy, we may decide to increase or decrease the number of Company-owned stores, either by purchasing existing franchised stores or by refranchising existing company-operated stores. Our failure to successfully execute these transactions could have an adverse effect on our operating results and could cause our stock price to decline.
The ability of our franchisees and prospective franchisees to obtain financing for development of new restaurants or reinvestment in existing restaurants depends in part upon financial and economic conditions beyond their control. If our franchisees are unable to obtain financing on acceptable terms or otherwise do not devote sufficient resources to develop new restaurants or reinvest in existing restaurants, our business and financial results could be adversely affected. Also, investments in restaurant remodels and upgrades by franchisees and us may not have the expected results with respect to consumer sentiment, increased traffic or return on investment.
Our results are closely tied to the success of independent franchisees, and we have limited influence over their operations.
We generate revenues in the form of royalties, fees and other amounts from our franchisees and our operating results are closely tied to their success. However, our franchisees are independent operators and we cannot control many factors that impact the profitability of their restaurants. At times, we have and may in the future provide cash flow support to franchisees by extending loans, advancing cash payments and/or providing rent relief where we have property control. These actions have and may in the future adversely affect our cash flow and financial results.
If sales trends or economic conditions worsen for franchisees, their financial results may deteriorate, which could result in, among other things, restaurant closures, delayed or reduced payments to us of royalties, advertising contributions, rents and, delayed or reduced payments for Tim Hortons products and supplies, and an inability for such franchisees to obtain financing to fund development, restaurant remodels or equipment initiatives on acceptable terms or at all. Also, franchisees may not be willing or able to renew their franchise agreements with us due to low sales volumes, high real estate costs, or the failure to secure lease renewals. If our franchisees fail to renew their franchise agreements our royalty revenues may decrease, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.
Franchisees and sub-franchisees may not successfully operate restaurants in a manner consistent with our established procedures, standards and requirements or standards set by applicable law, including sanitation and pest control standards, or data processing, privacy and cybersecurity requirements. Any operational shortcoming of a franchise or sub-franchise restaurant is likely to be attributed by guests to the entire brand and may be shared widely through social media, thus damaging the brand’s reputation and potentially affecting our revenues and profitability. We may not be able to identify problems and take effective action quickly enough and, as a result, our image and reputation may suffer, and our franchise revenues and results of operations could decline.
Labor challenges for franchisees or being liable as a joint employer could adversely affect our business.
Our franchisees are dependent upon their ability to attract and retain qualified employees in an intensely competitive labor market. The inability of our franchisees to recruit and retain qualified individuals or increased costs to do so, including due to labor market dynamics or increases in legally required wages, may delay openings of new restaurants by our franchisees and could adversely impact existing franchised restaurant operations and franchisee profitability, which could slow our growth. Boycotts, protests, work stoppages or other campaigns by labor organizations at either franchisee or company restaurants could increase costs, decrease flexibility or otherwise disrupt the business and responses to labor organizing efforts by our franchisees or us could negatively impact brand perception and our business and financial results. In September 2023, California passed legislation setting the minimum wage for fast food restaurant employees at $20 per hour effective April 1, 2024 and establishing a council to set future wage increases and to make recommendations to state agencies for other sector-wide workplace standards. This law and other labor related laws enacted or currently proposed at the federal, state, provincial or local level could increase our franchisees’ labor costs and decrease profitability.
Joint employer status is a developing area of franchise and labor and employment law that could be subject to changes in legislation, administrative agency interpretation or jurisprudential developments that may increase franchisor liability. In October 2023, the National Labor Relations Board issued its final rule addressing the standard for determining joint-employer status under the National Labor Relations Act. Under the new standard, effective February 26, 2024, a party may assert a joint-employment relationship to establish joint-employer status by using evidence of indirect and reserved forms of control bearing on an employee’s essential terms and conditions of employment. The rule is facing legal challenges, but if it becomes effective in its current form, we could potentially be liable for unfair labor practices and other violations by franchisees or we could be required to conduct collective bargaining negotiations regarding employees of franchisees, who are independent employers. In such event, our operating costs may increase as a result of required modifications to business practices, increased litigation, governmental investigations or proceedings, administrative enforcement actions, fines and civil liability. Employee claims that are brought against us as a result of joint employer standards and status may also, in addition to legal and financial liability, create negative publicity that could adversely affect our brands and divert financial and management resources. A significant increase in the number of these claims, or an increase in the number of successful claims, could adversely impact our brands’ reputation, which may cause significant harm.
Our future growth and profitability will depend on our ability to successfully accelerate international development with strategic partners and joint ventures.
We believe that the future growth and profitability of each of our brands will depend on our ability to successfully accelerate international development with master franchisee and joint venture partners in new and existing international markets. New markets may have different competitive conditions, consumer tastes and discretionary spending patterns than our existing markets. As a result, new restaurants in those markets may have lower average restaurant sales than restaurants in existing markets and may take longer than expected to reach target sales and profit levels or may never do so. We will need to build brand awareness in those new markets
we enter through advertising and promotional activity, and those activities may not promote our brands as effectively as intended, if at all.
We have adopted a master franchise development model for all of our brands, which in markets with strong growth potential may include participating in joint ventures, to accelerate international growth. These arrangements may give our joint venture partners and/or master franchisees the exclusive right to develop and manage our restaurants in a specific country or countries, including, in some cases, the right to sub-franchise. A joint venture involves special risks, including the following: our joint venture partners may have economic, business or legal interests or goals that are inconsistent with those of the joint venture or us, or our joint venture partners may be unable to meet their economic or other obligations and we may be required to fulfill those obligations alone. Our master franchise arrangements present similar risks and uncertainties. We cannot control the actions of our joint venture partners or master franchisees, including any nonperformance, default or bankruptcy of joint venture partners or master franchisees. While sub-franchisees are required to operate their restaurants in accordance with specified operations, safety and health standards, we are not party to the agreements with the sub-franchisees and are dependent upon our master franchisees to enforce these standards with respect to sub-franchised restaurants. As a result, the ultimate success and quality of any sub-franchised restaurant rests with the master franchisee and the sub-franchisee. In addition, the termination of an arrangement with a master franchisee or a lack of expansion by certain master franchisees has and may in the future result in the delay or discontinuation of the development of franchised restaurants, or an interruption in the operation of our brand in a particular market or markets. We may not be able to find another operator to resume development activities in such market or markets. Any such delay, discontinuation or interruption could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.
Risks related to Information Technology
If we are unable to protect the personal information that we gather or fail to comply with privacy and data protection laws and regulations, we could be subject to civil and criminal penalties, suffer reputational harm and incur substantial costs.
In the ordinary course of our business, we collect, process, transmit, disclose, and retain personal information regarding our employees and their families, our franchisees and their employees, vendors, contractors, and guests (which can include social security numbers, social insurance numbers, banking and tax identification information, health care information for employees, and credit card information) and our franchisees collect similar information. In recent years we expanded our development and management of our brands’ mobile apps, online ordering platforms, and in-restaurant kiosks and home market loyalty programs. While our deployment of such technology facilitates our primary goals of generating incremental sales and improving operations at our franchisees’ restaurants as well as additional customer awareness and interest in our brands, such deployment also means that we are collecting and entrusted with additional personal information, in some cases including geo-location tracking information, about our customers.
In connection with the collection and retention of this information, we are subject to legal and compliance risks and associated liability related to privacy and data protection requirements. These types of legislation, which include the Canadian Consumer Privacy Protection Act, the California Privacy Rights Act of 2020, Quebec's Law 25, the European Union's General Data Protection Regulation (the “GDPR”) and the U.K. General Data Protection Regulation, can impose stringent data protection requirements, provide for costly penalties for noncompliance (eg. up to 4% of annual worldwide revenue for a breach of the GDPR), and confer the right upon data subjects and consumer associations to lodge complaints with supervisory authorities, seek judicial remedies, and obtain compensation for damages resulting from violations. In China, the Personal Information Protection Law (“PIPL”), has established personal information processing rules, data subject rights, and obligations for personal information processors, among other things. In addition to the PIPL, China’s Data Security Law regulates data processing activities associated with personal and non-personal data. Due to enhanced scrutiny from the general public, these regulations as well as their interpretation and criteria for enforcement continue to be subject to frequent change, and there are likely to be other jurisdictions that propose or enact new or emerging data privacy requirements in the future.
The complexity of these privacy and data protection laws may result in significant costs arising from compliance and from any non-compliance, whether or not due to our negligence, and could affect our brand reputation and our results of operations. We have and are expected to continue to have significant investments arising from compliance with these regulatory regimes due to changes in the scope of our operations and the ever-changing techniques and sophistication used to conduct cyber-attacks and breaches. In addition, to the extent that we are not in compliance with these laws or experience a major breach, theft, or loss of personal information that is held by us, or third parties on our behalf (whether or not due to our failure to comply with data security rules and standards), we could be subject to substantial fines, penalties, indemnification claims, and potential litigation which could negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition. For example, in Canada, we have been the subject of government investigation and purported class action lawsuits based on the use of certain geolocation data for Tim Hortons mobile app users. As a result of any breach, we may incur additional expenditures arising from additional security technologies, personnel, experts, and credit monitoring services for those whose data has been breached. These costs could adversely impact our results of operations during the period in which they are incurred. In addition, negative publicity regarding a breach or potential security vulnerabilities in our systems or those of our franchisees or vendors, has and in the future could adversely affect the reputation of our brands and acceptance of digital engagement by our customers which in turn could adversely affect our future results of operations.
Information technology system failures or interruptions or breaches of our network security may interrupt our operations, cause reputational harm, subject us to increased operating costs and expose us to litigation.
We rely heavily on information technology systems and infrastructure, including third-party vendors’ systems to whom we outsource certain functions across operations including, but not limited to, point-of-sale processing at our restaurants and in our mobile apps. Despite implementation of security measures, security incidents or breaches may occur involving our systems, the systems of the parties with whom we communicate or collaborate (including franchisees) or the systems of third-party providers. These may include damage, disruption or failures due to physical damage, power loss, telecommunications failure, or other catastrophic events, as well as from problems with transitioning systems, internal and external security breaches, malicious cyber-attacks including the introduction of malware or ransomware or other disruptive behavior by hackers, which may be exacerbated by artificial intelligence. Such damage, disruption or failures could adversely impact our results of operations and our reputation. From time to time, we have been notified by third party vendors of security incidents or breaches that affect their systems and their ability to provide services to us at expected service levels. If any of our or our vendors' systems were to fail or become subject to ransomware and we were unable to recover in a timely way, we could experience material and adverse impacts to our results of operations. To the extent that some of our worldwide reporting systems require or rely on manual processes, it could increase the risk of a breach due to human error.
Further, the standards for systems currently used for transmission and approval of electronic payment transactions, and the technology utilized in electronic payment themselves, all of which can put electronic payment data at risk, are determined and controlled by the payment card industry. If someone can circumvent our data security measures or those of third parties, including our franchisees, they could destroy or steal valuable information received as part of electronic payments. Such destruction or loss could expose us to litigation or liability and could impact our results of operations. Any resulting negative publicity could significantly harm our or our brands’ reputations.
Finally, we may need to continue to expend substantial resources to enhance our existing restaurant management systems, financial and management controls, information systems and personnel to accurately capture and reflect the financial and operational activities at our franchised restaurants. On occasion we have encountered, and may in the future encounter, challenges in receiving these results from our franchisees in a consistent and timely manner as a number of our systems relating to tracking the financial and operational activities and processes at our franchised restaurants are not fully integrated worldwide. Further, the information we receive from franchisees, including regarding their profitability, may not be audited or subject to a similar level of internal controls as our processes. To the extent that we are not able to obtain transparency into our operations from these systems, it could impair the ability of our management to react quickly when appropriate and our operating results could be negatively impacted.
Risks Related to our Indebtedness
Our leverage and obligations to service our debt could adversely affect our business.
As of December 31, 2023, we had aggregate outstanding indebtedness of $13,043 million, including senior secured term loan facilities in an aggregate principal amount of $6,450 million, senior secured first lien notes in an aggregate principal amount of $2,800 million and senior secured second lien notes in an aggregate principal amount of $3,650 million. Subject to restrictions set forth in these instruments, we may also incur significant additional indebtedness in the future, some of which may be secured debt. This may have the effect of increasing our total leverage.
Our substantial leverage could have important potential consequences, including, but not limited to:
•increasing our vulnerability to, and reducing our flexibility to respond to, changes in our business and general adverse economic and industry conditions;
•requiring the dedication of a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to our debt service, thereby reducing the availability of such cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, joint ventures, product research, dividends, share repurchases or other corporate purposes;
•increasing our vulnerability to a downgrade of our credit rating, which could adversely affect our cost of funds, liquidity and access to capital markets;
•placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to competitors who are not as highly leveraged;
•restricting us from making strategic acquisitions or causing us to make non-strategic divestitures;
•exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates for variable interest rate borrowings under our credit facilities;
•making it more difficult for us to repay, refinance or satisfy our obligations with respect to our debt;
•limiting our ability to borrow additional funds in the future and increasing the cost of any such borrowing;
•imposing restrictive covenants that may hinder our ability to finance future operations and capital needs or to pursue certain business opportunities and activities, and which, in the event of non-compliance without cure or waiver, could result in an event of default and the acceleration of the applicable debt and any debt subject to cross-acceleration;
•requiring repayment or an offer to repurchase in the event of a change of control that may delay or prevent such change of control; and
•exposing us to risks related to fluctuations in foreign currency as we earn profits in a variety of currencies around the world and substantially all of our debt is denominated in U.S. dollars.
If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow to pay indebtedness and other funding needs or refinance our indebtedness on favorable terms, or at all, our financial condition may be materially adversely affected.
Following the occurrence of either an event of default or change of control, we may not have sufficient resources to repurchase, repay or redeem our obligations, as applicable, and we may not be able to obtain additional financing to satisfy these obligations on terms favorable to us or at all. Also, if we were unable to repay the amounts due under our secured indebtedness, the holders of such indebtedness could proceed against the collateral that secures such indebtedness. In the event our creditors accelerate the repayment of our secured indebtedness, we and our subsidiaries may not have sufficient assets to repay that indebtedness.
Risks Related to Taxation
Unanticipated tax liabilities could adversely affect the taxes we pay and our profitability.
We are subject to income and other taxes in Canada, the United States, and numerous foreign jurisdictions. A taxation authority may disagree with certain of our views, including, for example, the allocation of profits by tax jurisdiction, and the deductibility of our interest expense, and may take the position that material income tax liabilities, interest, penalties, or other amounts are payable by us, in which case, we expect to contest such assessment. Contesting such an assessment may be lengthy and costly and, if we were unsuccessful, the implications could be materially adverse to us and affect our effective income tax rate and/or operating income.
From time to time, we are subject to additional state and local income tax audits, international income tax audits and sales, franchise and value-added tax audits. Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, the final determination of tax audits and any related litigation could be materially different from our historical income tax provisions and accruals. The Canada Revenue Agency (the “CRA”), the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and/or foreign tax authorities may not agree with our interpretation of the tax aspects of reorganizations, initiatives, transactions, or any related matters associated therewith that we have undertaken.
The results of a tax audit or related litigation could result in us not being in a position to take advantage of the effective income tax rates and the level of benefits that we anticipated to achieve as a result of corporate reorganizations, initiatives and transactions, and the implications could have a material adverse effect on our effective income tax rate, income tax provision, net income (loss) or cash flows in the period or periods for which that determination is made.
RBI and Partnership may be treated as U.S. corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which could subject us and Partnership to substantial additional U.S. taxes.
Because RBI and Partnership are organized under the laws of Canada, we are classified as foreign entities (and, therefore, non-U.S. tax residents) under general rules of U.S. federal income taxation that an entity is considered a tax resident in the jurisdiction of its organization or incorporation. Even so, the IRS may assert that we should be treated as a U.S. corporation (and, therefore, a U.S. tax resident) for U.S. federal income tax purposes pursuant to complex rules under Section 7874 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. In addition, a retroactive or prospective change to U.S. tax laws in this area could adversely impact this classification. If we were to be treated as a U.S. corporation for federal tax purposes, we could be subject to substantially greater U.S. tax liability than currently contemplated as a non-U.S. corporation.
Future changes to Canadian, U.S. and other foreign tax laws, including future regulations and other interpretive guidance of such tax laws, could materially affect RBI and/or Partnership, and adversely affect their anticipated financial positions and results.
Our effective tax rate, cash taxes and financial results could be adversely impacted by changes in applicable tax laws (including regulatory, administrative, and judicial interpretations and guidance relating to such laws) in the jurisdictions in which we operate.
The 2021 Canadian Federal Budget proposed various tax law changes, including a new limitation on the deductibility of interest and similar expenses; revised draft legislation was released on November 21, 2023, with a proposed effective date for taxation years beginning on or after October 1, 2023. The proposed rules have not yet been enacted. In general, the draft legislation proposes to limit the deductibility of interest and other financing-related expenses to the extent that such expenses, net of interest and financing-related income, exceed a fixed ratio of the entity’s tax EBITDA, with a specified carry-back limit and an indefinite carry-forward limit. The
proposed rules and their application are complex and could materially increase our future income taxes if enacted, adversely impacting our effective tax rate and financial results.
On November 21, 2023, Canada released revised, proposed legislation that would impose a 2% equity buyback tax for net equity repurchase transactions that occur on or after January 1, 2024, however, this legislation has not yet been enacted.
The Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (“OECD”) and many countries in which we operate have committed to enacting substantial changes to numerous long-standing tax principles impacting how large multinational enterprises are taxed in an effort to limit perceived base erosion and profit shifting incentives, including a 15% global minimum tax applied on a country-by-country basis, likely applicable to periods beginning on or after December 31, 2023. The OECD has issued model rules with respect to various aspects of such proposed changes and ongoing public consultation with additional guidance expected. On November 21, 2023, Canada released initial draft enabling legislation with respect to aspects of such OECD model rules. The enactment, timing and many details regarding such potential tax law changes remain uncertain as Canada and other individual countries evaluate and pursue their respective approaches to enacting the principles underlying such model rules. Certain countries in which we operate have enacted legislation (with subsequent guidance and details expected to follow) to adopt the “Pillar Two” framework effective for periods beginning on or after January 1, 2024, including Switzerland, which will increase our future taxes, adversely impacting our effective tax rate and financial results. We will continue to evaluate the potential impact on future periods of the “Pillar Two” framework as additional guidance is released and other individual countries adopt such enabling legislation.
Risks Related to our Common Shares
3G RBH owns approximately 28% of the combined voting power in RBI, and its interests may conflict with or differ from the interests of the other shareholders.
3G Restaurant Brands Holdings LP (“3G RBH”) currently owns approximately 28% of the combined voting power in RBI. So long as 3G RBH continues to directly or indirectly own a significant amount of the voting power, it will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control business decisions of RBI. 3G RBH and its principals may have interests that are different from those of other shareholders, and 3G RBH may exercise its voting and other rights in a manner that may be adverse to the interests of such shareholders. In addition, this concentration of ownership could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control or otherwise discouraging a potential acquirer from attempting to obtain control of RBI, which could cause the market price of our common shares to decline or prevent our shareholders from realizing a premium over the market price for their common shares or Partnership exchangeable units.
Canadian laws may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control.
We are a Canadian entity. The Investment Canada Act requires that a “non-Canadian,” as defined therein, file an application for review with the Minister responsible for the Investment Canada Act and obtain approval of the Minister prior to acquiring control of a Canadian business, where prescribed financial thresholds are exceeded. This may discourage a potential acquirer from proposing or completing a transaction that may otherwise present a premium to shareholders.
General Risks
The loss of key management personnel or our inability to attract and retain new qualified personnel could hurt our business.
We are dependent on the efforts and abilities of our senior management, including the executives managing each of our brands, and our success will also depend on our ability to attract and retain additional qualified employees. Failure to attract personnel sufficiently qualified to execute our strategy, or to retain existing key personnel, could have a material adverse effect on our business. Also, integration of strategic transactions such as the acquisition of Firehouse Subs and pending acquisition of Carrols, may divert management’s attention from other initiatives, and effectively executing our growth strategy.
We have been, and in the future may be, subject to litigation that could have an adverse effect on our business.
We are regularly involved in litigation including related to disputes with franchisees, suppliers, employees, team members, and customers, as well as disputes over our advertising claims about our food and over our intellectual property. See the discussion of Legal Proceedings in Note 16, “Commitments and Contingencies,” to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K. Active and potential disputes with franchisees could damage our brand reputation and our relationships with our broader franchise base. Such litigation may be expensive to defend, harm our reputation and divert resources away from our operations and negatively impact our reported earnings. Also, legal proceedings against a franchisee or its affiliates by third parties, whether in the ordinary course of business or otherwise, may include claims against us by virtue of our relationship with the franchisee. We, or our business partners, may become subject to claims for infringement of intellectual property rights and we may be required to indemnify
or defend our business partners from such claims. Should management’s evaluation of our current exposure to legal matters pending against us prove incorrect and if such claims are successful, our exposure could exceed expectations and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Although some losses may be covered by insurance, if there are significant losses that are not covered, or there is a delay in receiving insurance proceeds, or the proceeds are insufficient to offset our losses fully, our financial condition or results of operations may be adversely affected.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
Item 1C. Cybersecurity
Cybersecurity risk management and strategy
We recognize the critical importance of maintaining the trust and confidence of our customers, franchisees and employees. Consequently, our cybersecurity policies, standards, processes and practices are embedded within our overall enterprise risk management (“ERM”) program.
Our operations utilize multiple information systems, including accounting software, human resources management software, back of house systems, supply chain software, our brands’ mobile apps, online ordering platforms, in-restaurant kiosks, point-of-sale software, and back-of-house software. In the ordinary course of our business, we collect, process, transmit, disclose, and retain personal information regarding our employees, our franchisees, vendors, contractors, and guests (which can include social security numbers, social insurance numbers, banking and tax identification information, health care information for employees, and credit card information) and our franchisees collect similar information.
To protect the information that we gather and the availability of our information systems from cybersecurity threats, we have an ongoing cybersecurity risk mitigation program, which includes maintaining up-to-date detection, prevention and monitoring systems and contracting with outside cybersecurity firms to provide continuous monitoring of our systems as well as threat-detection services. We define a cybersecurity threat as any potential unauthorized occurrence on or conducted through our information systems or information systems of a third party that we utilize in our business that may result in adverse effects on the confidentiality, integrity or availability of our information systems or any information residing therein. Our cybersecurity policies, standards, processes, and practices are based on recognized frameworks established by the National Institute of Standards and Technology and include the following components:
•Collaborative Approach: We have implemented a comprehensive, cross-functional approach to identifying, preventing, and mitigating cybersecurity threats and incidents, while also implementing controls and procedures that provide for the prompt escalation of certain cybersecurity incidents so that decisions regarding the public disclosure and reporting of such incidents can be made by management in a timely manner.
•Deployment of Technical Safeguards: We deploy technical safeguards that are designed to protect our information systems from cybersecurity threats, including firewalls, intrusion prevention and detection systems, anti-malware functionality and access controls, which are evaluated and improved through vulnerability assessments and cybersecurity threat intelligence.
•Development and Periodic Testing of Incident Response and Recovery Planning: We have developed and maintain comprehensive incident response and recovery plans that address our response to cybersecurity threats, and such plans are tested and evaluated on a regular basis. Our periodic testing of these plans includes a wide range of activities, including audits, assessments, tabletop exercises, threat modeling, vulnerability testing and other exercises focused on evaluating the effectiveness of our cybersecurity measures and planning. We engage third parties to perform assessments on our cybersecurity measures, including information security maturity assessments, audits and independent reviews of our information security control environment and operating effectiveness. The results of such assessments, audits and reviews are reported to the Audit Committee, and we adjust cybersecurity policies, standards, processes and practices as necessary based on the information provided by these assessments, audits and reviews.
•Third-Party Risk Management: We maintain a comprehensive, risk-based approach to identifying and overseeing cybersecurity risks presented by third parties, including vendors, service providers, franchisees and other external users of our systems, as well as the systems of third parties that could adversely impact our business in the event of a cybersecurity incident affecting those third-party systems.
•Implementation of Regular and Mandatory Employee Training and Awareness Programs: We provide regular, mandatory training for our personnel regarding cybersecurity threats as a means to equip them with effective tools to detect and address cybersecurity threats, and to communicate our evolving information security policies, standards, processes and practices.
Governance
Our Audit Committee oversees our ERM process, including the management of risks arising from cybersecurity threats. The Audit Committee regularly receives presentations and reports on cybersecurity risks, which address a wide range of topics including recent developments, evolving standards, vulnerability assessments, third-party and independent reviews, the threat environment, technological trends and information security considerations arising with respect to our peers and third parties. Our Internal Audit function performs periodic audits of our cyber security program and reports results to the Audit Committee. On a periodic basis, the Audit Committee discusses our approach to cybersecurity risk management with our Chief Information Security Officer (“CISO”).
Our CISO works in coordination with our senior management and leaders at each of our brands to implement a program designed to protect our information systems from cybersecurity threats and to promptly respond to any cybersecurity incidents in accordance with our incident response and recovery plans. Our CISO and the internal security team monitor the prevention, detection, mitigation and remediation of cybersecurity threats and incidents in real time, and report such threats and incidents to the Audit Committee when appropriate. We also use a Managed Security Service Provider (MSSP) to provide continuous monitoring of our systems and supplement our internal security team.
As of December 31, 2023, our CISO has served in various roles in information technology and information security for over 37 years, as an IT auditor and an IT security executive. He has been in various industries including Finance, Manufacturing and Retail. The CISO has both the CISA and CRP designations.
While cybersecurity threats as a result of any previous cybersecurity incidents have not materially affected our business strategy, results of operations or financial condition, future incidents may interrupt our operations, cause reputational harm, subject us to increased operating costs and/or expose us to litigation.
Executive Officers of the Registrant
Set forth below is certain information about our executive officers as of February 20, 2024.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Name | | Age | | Position |
J. Patrick Doyle | | 60 | | Executive Chairman |
Joshua Kobza | | 37 | | Chief Executive Officer |
Matthew Dunnigan | | 40 | | Chief Financial Officer |
Axel Schwan | | 50 | | President, Tim Hortons Canada & U.S. |
Thomas B. Curtis | | 60 | | President, Burger King U.S. & Canada |
Sami Siddiqui | | 39 | | President, Popeyes U.S. & Canada |
David Shear | | 39 | | President, International |
Duncan Fulton | | 48 | | Chief Corporate Officer |
Jeff Housman | | 42 | | Chief People & Services Officer |
Jill Granat | | 58 | | General Counsel and Corporate Secretary |
Jacqueline Friesner | | 51 | | Controller and Chief Accounting Officer |
Patrick Doyle. Mr. Doyle has served as Executive Chair of our Board since January 2023 and was appointed Executive Chairman of RBI in November 2022. Most recently, he served as an executive partner focused on the consumer sector of the Carlyle Group, a global diversified investment firm from September 2019 through November 2022, Prior to that he served as the chief executive officer of Domino’s Pizza from March 2010 to June 2018, having served as president from 2007 to 2010, as executive vice president of Domino’s Team USA from 2004 to 2007 and as executive vice president of Domino’s International form 1999 to 2004.
Joshua Kobza. Mr. Kobza was appointed Chief Executive Officer of RBI effective March 1, 2023. Prior to that, Mr. Kobza served as Chief Operating Officer of RBI from January 2019 to March 2023, as Chief Technology and Development Officer of RBI from January 2018 to January 2019, and as Chief Financial Officer of RBI from December 2014 to January 2018. From April 2013 to December 2014, Mr. Kobza served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Burger King Worldwide. Mr. Kobza joined Burger King Worldwide in June 2012 as Director, Investor Relations, and was promoted to Senior Vice President, Global Finance in December 2012.
Matthew Dunnigan. Mr. Dunnigan was appointed Chief Financial Officer of RBI in January 2018. From October 2014 until January 2018, Mr. Dunnigan held the position of Treasurer, where he took on increasing responsibilities and successfully led all of RBI’s capital markets activities. Before he joined RBI, Mr. Dunnigan served as Vice President of Crescent Capital Group LP, from September 2013 through October 2014, where he evaluated investments across the credit markets. Prior to that, Mr. Dunnigan was a private equity investment professional for H.I.G. Capital.
Axel Schwan. Mr. Schwan was appointed as President, Tim Hortons Canada & US in October 2019 after serving as Global Chief Marketing Officer for Tim Hortons since October 2017. Mr. Schwan first joined RBI as Marketing Director, Germany, Austria and Switzerland in 2011 and was then appointed as Vice President, Marketing and Communications, EMEA for Burger King before advancing to the role of Global Chief Marketing Officer for the brand in January 2014. Prior to joining RBI, Mr. Schwan led the Schwan family restaurant business, alongside his sister, and worked in various marketing roles at Unilever and Danone in Germany.
Tom Curtis. Mr. Curtis was appointed President, Burger King U.S. & Canada in October 2021. From May 2021 to October 2021, he was the Chief Operating Officer, where he was responsible for overseeing field operations, restaurant development and restaurant operations. Prior to joining BKC, Mr. Curtis spent 35-years at Domino’s Pizza, Inc., where he most recently served as Executive Vice President, U.S. Operations and Global Operations Support, overseeing both franchise and company-owned operations from March 2020 to April 2021. Prior to that, he served as Executive Vice President, Corporate Operations from July 2018 to March 2020, and as Vice President of Franchise Relations and Operations Innovation from March 2017 to July 2018. Mr. Curtis joined Domino’s in 2006, after being a Domino’s franchisee since 1987.
Sami Siddiqui. Mr. Siddiqui was appointed President, Popeyes U.S. & Canada in September 2020. Prior to that Mr. Siddiqui served as President of Asia Pacific for RBI from February 2019 to September 2020 and as Chief Financial Officer for Burger King Corporation from October 2018 to February 2019. From September 2016 to September 2018, he was President of Tim Hortons and from April 2015 to September 2016, he was Executive Vice President, Finance for Tim Hortons. Mr. Siddiqui joined Burger King Corporation in 2013 and served various capacities within the Global Finance groups of Burger King Corporation prior to joining the Tim Hortons team.
David Shear. Mr. Shear was appointed President International of RBI in January 2021. Mr. Shear previously served as President EMEA beginning in September 2016. Mr. Shear joined the predecessor of RBI in 2011, holding roles of increasing responsibility within Burger King U.S. marketing. He then held various roles in Asia Pacific, including serving as President of Burger King APAC from 2014 to 2016. Prior to joining Burger King, Mr. Shear worked at strategy consulting firm Charles River Associates.
Duncan Fulton. Mr. Fulton was appointed Chief Corporate Officer of RBI, in June 2018, overseeing global communications, North American franchising, government relations and ESG initiatives. Mr. Fulton also serves as Chairman of the Board of Directors for the Tim Hortons Foundation. Prior to joining RBI, Mr. Fulton held several positions with Canadian Tire Corporation (CTC) from November 2009 to March 2018, including Senior Vice President of Corporate Affairs, Chief Marketing Officer for FGL Sports and Mark’s Work Warehouse, and President of FGL Sports. Previously, Mr. Fulton was Senior Partner and General Manager of Fleishman-Hilliard from April 2002 to November 2009. Prior to his agency experience, Mr. Fulton served as a communication advisor and spokesman for several political leaders, including former Canadian Prime Minister Jean Chrétien, Ontario Premier Dalton McGuinty and New Brunswick Premier Frank McKenna.
Jeff Housman. Mr. Housman was appointed Chief People & Services Officer of RBI in April 2021 and previously served as Chief Human Resources Officer beginning in February 2017 as well as Head of Global Business Services from January 2015 to January 2017. Mr. Housman joined Burger King in April 2013 serving in finance, real estate and business services roles. Prior to joining Burger King, Mr. Housman worked in investment banking at J.P. Morgan, and he holds an MBA from Columbia Business School and a Bachelor’s in Business Administration from Emory University.
Jill Granat. Ms. Granat was appointed General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of RBI in December 2014. Ms. Granat served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Burger King Worldwide and its predecessor since February 2011. Prior to this time, Ms. Granat was Vice President and Assistant General Counsel of Burger King Corporation from July 2009 until February 2011. Ms. Granat joined Burger King Corporation in 1998 as a member of the legal department and served in positions of increasing responsibility with Burger King Corporation.
Jacqueline Friesner. Ms. Friesner was appointed Controller and Chief Accounting Officer of RBI in December 2014. Ms. Friesner served as Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer of Burger King Worldwide and its predecessor from March 2011 until December 2014. Prior thereto, Ms. Friesner served in positions of increasing responsibility with Burger King Corporation. Before joining Burger King Corporation in October 2002, she was an audit manager at Pricewaterhouse Coopers in Miami, Florida.
Item 2. Properties
Our corporate headquarters is located in Toronto, Ontario and consists of approximately 65,000 square feet which we lease. Our U.S. headquarters is located in Miami, Florida and consists of approximately 150,000 square feet which we lease. We also lease office property in Switzerland, Singapore and Jacksonville, Florida and additional office space in Canada.
The table below sets forth the real estate profile of each of our franchised restaurants and company restaurants by operating segment. As discussed in the Business section, our TH, BK, PLK and FHS segments include operations for each of these brands in the U.S. and Canada while our INTL segment includes operations of each of our four brands outside of the U.S. and Canada. In addition to the restaurant properties below, we own five distribution centers and own two manufacturing plants in Canada which are included in our TH segment. We also lease one manufacturing plant in the U.S. which is included in our TH segment.
As of December 31, 2023, our restaurant footprint was as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| TH | | BK | | PLK | | FHS | | INTL | | Total |
Franchised Restaurants | | | | | | | | | | | |
Sites owned by us and leased to franchisees | 770 | | | 629 | | | 37 | | | — | | | 2 | | | 1,438 | |
Sites leased by us and subleased to franchisees | 2,771 | | | 670 | | | 56 | | | — | | | 6 | | | 3,503 | |
Sites owned/leased directly by franchisees | 976 | | | 5,707 | | | 3,260 | | | 1,226 | | | 14,734 | | | 25,903 | |
Total franchised restaurant sites | 4,517 | | | 7,006 | | | 3,353 | | | 1,226 | | | 14,742 | | | 30,844 | |
Company Restaurants | | | | | | | | | | | |
Sites owned by us | 1 | | | 31 | | | 10 | | | — | | | — | | | 42 | |
Sites leased by us | 7 | | | 107 | | | 31 | | | 39 | | | — | | | 184 | |
Total company restaurant sites | 8 | | | 138 | | | 41 | | | 39 | | | — | | | 226 | |
Total system-wide restaurant sites | 4,525 | | | 7,144 | | | 3,394 | | | 1,265 | | | 14,742 | | | 31,070 | |
We believe that our existing headquarters and other leased and owned facilities are adequate to meet our current requirements.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
From time to time, we are involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business relating to matters including, but not limited to, disputes with franchisees, suppliers, employees and customers, as well as disputes over our intellectual property.
See Note 16, “Commitments and Contingencies,” to the accompanying consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information on certain legal proceedings.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.
Part II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Market for Our Common Shares
Our common shares trade on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) and Toronto Stock Exchange (“TSX”) under the ticker symbol “QSR”. The Class B exchangeable limited partnership units of Partnership (the “Partnership exchangeable units”) trade on the TSX under the ticker symbol “QSP”. As of February 14, 2024, there were 20,585 holders of record of our common shares.
Share Repurchase
Following are our monthly share repurchases for the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2023:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Period | Total Number of Shares Purchased | | Total Dollar Value of Shares Purchased | | Average Price Paid per Share | | Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs (1) | | Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet be Purchased under the Plans or Programs |
| | | | | | | | | |
October 1, 2023 - October 31, 2023 | 5,539,777 | | | $ | 357,716,433 | | | $ | 64.57 | | | 5,539,777 | | | $ | 500,000,010 | |
November 1, 2023 - November 30, 2023 | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 500,000,010 | |
December 1, 2023 - December 31, 2023 | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 500,000,010 | |
| 5,539,777 | | | $ | 357,716,433 | | | | | 5,539,777 | | | |
(1)In August 2023, the Board of Directors authorized repurchases of up to $1.0 billion common shares through September 30, 2025 and the open market repurchases of the common shares listed in the table above were made pursuant to that authorization. Under the program, shares may be repurchased in privately negotiated or open market transactions, including under plans complying with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act. Purchases made during October 2023 were pursuant to a Rule 10b5-1 plan.
Dividend Policy
On February 13, 2024, we announced that the board of directors had declared a cash dividend of $0.58 per common share for the first quarter of 2024. The dividend will be paid on April 4, 2024 to common shareholders of record on March 21, 2024. Partnership will also make a distribution in respect of each Partnership exchangeable unit in the amount of $0.58 per Partnership exchangeable unit, and the record date and payment date for distributions on Partnership exchangeable units are the same as the record date and payment date set forth above.
We are targeting a total of $2.32 in declared dividends per common share and distributions in respect of each Partnership exchangeable unit for 2024.
Although our board of directors declared a cash dividend on our common shares for each quarter of 2023 and for the first quarter of 2024, any future dividends on our common shares will be determined at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions, including the terms of the agreements governing our debt and any future indebtedness we may incur, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. Although we are targeting a total of $2.32 in declared dividends per common share and Partnership exchangeable unit for 2024, there is no assurance that we will achieve our target total dividend for 2024 and satisfy our debt service and other obligations.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
On August 31, 2023, our Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program that allows us to purchase up to $1,000 million of our common shares until September 30, 2025. This approval follows the expiration of our prior two-year authorization to repurchase up to $1,000 million of our common shares. During 2023, we repurchased and cancelled 7,639,137 RBI common shares for $500 million. During 2022, we repurchased and cancelled 6,101,364 RBI common shares for $326 million. During 2021, we repurchased and cancelled 9,247,648 RBI common shares for $551 million. As of December 31, 2023, we had $500 million remaining under the authorization.
During 2023, Partnership received exchange notices representing 9,398,876 Partnership exchangeable units, with no exchange notices received during the fourth quarter of 2023. Pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreement, Partnership satisfied the exchange notices by exchanging the Partnership exchangeable units for the same number of our newly issued common shares. During 2022, Partnership received exchange notices representing 1,996,818 Partnership exchangeable units and satisfied the exchange notices by exchanging the Partnership exchangeable units for the same number of newly issued common shares. During 2021, Partnership received exchange notices representing 10,119,880 Partnership exchangeable units and satisfied the exchange notices by exchanging the Partnership exchangeable units for the same number of newly issued common shares. Pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreement, the purchase price for the Partnership exchangeable units was based on the weighted average trading price of our common shares on the NYSE for the 20 consecutive trading days ending on the last business day prior to the exchange date. Upon the exchange of Partnership exchangeable units, each such Partnership exchangeable unit was automatically deemed cancelled concurrently with such exchange.
Stock Performance Graph
The following graph shows the Company’s cumulative shareholder returns over the period from December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2023. The graph depicts the total return to shareholders from December 31, 2018 through December 31, 2023, relative to the performance of the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index and the Standard & Poor’s Restaurant Index, a peer group. The graph assumes an investment of $100 in the Company's common stock and each index on December 31, 2018 and the reinvestment of dividends paid since that date. The stock price performance shown in the graph is not necessarily indicative of future price performance.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| 12/31/2018 | | 12/31/2019 | | 12/31/2020 | | 12/31/2021 | | 12/31/2022 | | 12/31/2023 |
Restaurant Brands International (NYSE) | $100 | | $125 | | $125 | | $128 | | $142 | | $177 |
S&P 500 Index | $100 | | $131 | | $156 | | $200 | | $164 | | $207 |
S&P Restaurant Index | $100 | | $124 | | $146 | | $180 | | $166 | | $190 |
Item 6. [Reserved]
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
You should read the following discussion together with our audited Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes thereto included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2023 (our “Annual Report”).
The following discussion includes information regarding future financial performance and plans, targets, aspirations, expectations, and objectives of management, which constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and forward-looking information within the meaning of the Canadian securities laws as described in further detail under “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” that is set forth below. Actual results may differ materially from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements because of a number of risks and uncertainties, including the matters discussed in the “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” below. In addition, please refer to the risks set forth under the caption “Risk Factors” included in this Annual Report for a further description of risks and uncertainties affecting our business and financial results. Historical trends should not be taken as indicative of future operations and financial results. Other than as required under the U.S. Federal securities laws or the Canadian securities laws, we do not assume a duty to update these forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, subsequent events or circumstances, changes in expectations or otherwise.
We prepare our financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP” or “GAAP”). However, this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations also contains certain non-GAAP financial measures to assist readers in understanding our performance. Non-GAAP financial measures either exclude or include amounts that are not reflected in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Where non-GAAP financial measures are used, we have provided the most directly comparable measures calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, a reconciliation to GAAP measures and a discussion of the reasons why management believes this information is useful to it and may be useful to investors.
Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this section to “RBI”, the “Company”, “we”, “us” or “our” are to Restaurant Brands International Inc. and its subsidiaries, collectively and all references in this section to “Partnership” are to Restaurant Brands International Limited Partnership and its subsidiaries, collectively.
All references to “$” or “dollars” in this report are to the currency of the United States unless otherwise indicated. All references to “Canadian dollars” or “C$” are to the currency of Canada unless otherwise indicated.
Overview
We are a Canadian corporation that serves as the indirect holding company for the entities that own and franchise the Tim Hortons®, Burger King®, Popeyes® and Firehouse Subs® brands. We are one of the world’s largest quick service restaurant (“QSR”) companies with over $40 billion in annual system-wide sales and over 30,000 restaurants in more than 120 countries and territories as of December 31, 2023. Our Tim Hortons®, Burger King®, Popeyes®, and Firehouse Subs® brands have similar franchised business models with complementary daypart mixes and product platforms. Our four iconic brands are managed independently while benefiting from global scale and sharing of best practices.
Tim Hortons restaurants are quick service restaurants with a menu that includes premium blend coffee, tea, espresso-based hot and cold specialty drinks, fresh baked goods, including donuts, Timbits®, bagels, muffins, cookies and pastries, sandwiches, wraps, soups and more. Burger King restaurants are quick service restaurants that feature flame-grilled hamburgers, chicken and other specialty sandwiches, french fries, soft drinks and other food items. Popeyes restaurants are quick service restaurants that distinguish themselves with a unique “Louisiana” style menu featuring fried chicken, chicken sandwiches, chicken tenders, wings, fried shrimp and other seafood, red beans and rice and other regional items. Firehouse Subs restaurants are quick service restaurants featuring hot and hearty subs piled high with quality meats and cheese as well as chopped salads, chili and soups, signature and other sides, soft drinks and local specialties.
Beginning with the fourth quarter of 2023, we are reporting results under five operating and reportable segments. This shift in reportable segments reflects how RBI's leadership oversees and manages the business. As a result of this change, our five operating and reportable segments consist of the following:
1.Tim Hortons – all operations of our Tim Hortons brand in Canada and the U.S. (“TH”);
2.Burger King – all operations of our Burger King brand in the U.S. and Canada (“BK”);
3.Popeyes Louisiana Kitchen – all operations of our Popeyes brand in the U.S. and Canada (“PLK”);
4.Firehouse Subs – all operations of our Firehouse Subs brand in the U.S. and Canada (“FHS”); and
5.International – all operations of each of our brands outside the U.S. and Canada (“INTL”).
Prior year amounts presented have been reclassified to conform to this new segment presentation with no effect on previously reported consolidated results.
In addition, we transitioned our definition of segment income from Adjusted EBITDA to Adjusted Operating Income (“AOI”). AOI represents income from operations, adjusted to exclude (i) franchise agreement amortization as a result of acquisition accounting, (ii) (income) loss from equity method investments, net of cash distributions received from equity method investments, (iii) other operating expenses (income), net and, (iv) income/expenses from non-recurring projects and non-operating activities. Unlike Adjusted EBITDA, our previous measure of segment income, AOI includes depreciation and amortization (excluding franchise agreement amortization) as well as share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense.
We generate revenues from the following sources: (i) sales, consisting primarily of (1) Tim Hortons supply chain sales, which represent sales of products, supplies and restaurant equipment to franchisees, as well as sales of consumer packaged goods (“CPG”), and (2) sales at Company restaurants; (ii) franchise revenues, consisting primarily of royalties based on a percentage of sales reported by franchised restaurants and franchise fees paid by franchisees; (iii) property revenues from properties we lease or sublease to franchisees; and (iv) advertising revenues and other services, consisting primarily of (1) advertising fund contributions based on a percentage of sales reported by franchised restaurants to fund advertising expenses and (2) tech fees and revenues that vary by market and partially offset expenses related to technology initiatives.
Operating costs and expenses for our segments include:
•cost of sales comprised of (i) costs associated with the management of our Tim Hortons supply chain, including cost of goods, direct labor, depreciation, and cost of CPG products sold to retailers as well as (ii) food, paper and labor costs of Company restaurants;
•franchise and property expenses comprised primarily of depreciation of properties leased to franchisees, rental expense associated with properties subleased to franchisees, amortization of franchise agreements, and bad debt expense (recoveries);
•advertising expenses and other services comprised primarily of expenses relating to marketing, advertising and promotion, including market research, production, advertising costs, sales promotions, social media campaigns, technology initiatives, depreciation and amortization and other related support functions for the respective brands. We generally manage advertising expenses to equal advertising revenues in the long term, however in some periods there may be a mismatch in the timing of revenues and expenses or higher expenses due to our support initiatives behind marketing programs; and
•segment general and administrative expenses (“Segment G&A”) comprised primarily of salary and employee-related costs for non-restaurant employees, professional fees, information technology systems, general overhead for our corporate offices, share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense, and depreciation and amortization.
Firehouse Acquisition
We completed the acquisition of Firehouse Subs on December 15, 2021 for total consideration of approximately $1,016 million (the “Firehouse Acquisition”). Our 2023 and 2022 consolidated statement of operations includes FHS revenues and segment income for a full fiscal year. Our 2021 consolidated statement of operations included FHS revenues and segment income from the acquisition date of December 15, 2021 through December 26, 2021, the 2021 fiscal year end for FHS.
Key Operating Metrics
We evaluate our restaurants and assess our business based on the following operating metrics:
•System-wide sales growth refers to the percentage change in sales at all franchised restaurants and Company restaurants (referred to as system-wide sales) in one period from the same period in the prior year.
•Comparable sales refers to the percentage change in restaurant sales in one period from the same prior year period for restaurants that have been open for 13 months or longer for Tim Hortons, Burger King and Firehouse Subs and 17 months or longer for Popeyes. Additionally, if a restaurant is closed for a significant portion of a month, the restaurant is excluded from the monthly comparable sales calculation.
•System-wide sales growth and comparable sales are measured on a constant currency basis, which means the results exclude the effect of foreign currency translation (“FX Impact”). For system-wide sales growth and comparable sales, we calculate the FX Impact by translating prior year results at current year monthly average exchange rates.
•Unless otherwise stated, system-wide sales growth, system-wide sales and comparable sales are presented on a system-wide basis, which means they include franchised restaurants and Company restaurants. System-wide results are driven by our franchised restaurants, as nearly all system-wide restaurants are franchised. Franchise sales represent sales at all franchised restaurants and are revenues to our franchisees. We do not record franchise sales as revenues; however, our royalty revenues and advertising fund contributions are calculated based on a percentage of franchise sales.
•Net restaurant growth refers to the net change in restaurant count (openings, net of permanent closures) over a trailing twelve month period, divided by the restaurant count at the beginning of the trailing twelve month period. In determining whether a restaurant meets our definition of a restaurant that will be included in our net restaurant growth, we consider factors such as scope of operations, format and image, separate franchise agreement, and minimum sales thresholds. We refer to restaurants that do not meet our definition as “alternative formats.” These alternative formats are helpful to build brand awareness, test new concepts and provide convenience in certain markets.
These metrics are important indicators of the overall direction of our business, including trends in sales and the effectiveness of each brand’s marketing, operations and growth initiatives.
In our 2022 financial reports, our key operating metrics included results from our franchised Burger King restaurants in Russia, with supplemental disclosure provided excluding these restaurants. We did not generate any new profits from restaurants in Russia in 2022 and 2023. Consequently, beginning in the first quarter of 2023, our reported key operating metrics exclude the results from Russia for 2023 and 2022. Key operating metrics for 2021 include the results from Russia.
The following table presents our key operating metrics for each of the periods indicated, which have been derived from our internal records. We evaluate our restaurants and assess our business based on these operating metrics. These metrics may differ from those used by other companies in our industry who may define these metrics differently.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Key Business Metrics | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
System-wide sales growth | | | | | |
TH | 11.0 | % | | 11.7 | % | | 10.4 | % |
BK | 6.9 | % | | 2.8 | % | | 4.2 | % |
PLK | 10.5 | % | | 5.6 | % | | 4.8 | % |
FHS (b) | 7.1 | % | | N/A | | N/A |
INTL (c) | 17.6 | % | | 25.6 | % | | 28.9 | % |
Consolidated (a) | 12.2 | % | | 12.9 | % | | 13.8 | % |
FHS (b) | N/A | | 4.2 | % | | 25.1 | % |
System-wide sales ($ in millions) | | | | | |
TH | $ | 7,245 | | | $ | 6,732 | | | $ | 6,243 | |
BK | $ | 11,474 | | | $ | 10,747 | | | $ | 10,475 | |
PLK | $ | 5,886 | | | $ | 5,338 | | | $ | 5,086 | |
FHS (b) | $ | 1,194 | | | $ | 1,154 | | | N/A |
INTL (c) | $ | 17,087 | | | $ | 14,700 | | | $ | 13,691 | |
Consolidated (a) | $ | 42,886 | | | $ | 38,671 | | | $ | 35,495 | |
FHS (b) | N/A | | N/A | | $ | 1,091 | |
Comparable sales | | | | | |
TH | 10.4 | % | | 10.4 | % | | 10.6 | % |
BK | 7.4 | % | | 2.3 | % | | 4.8 | % |
PLK | 4.8 | % | | (0.6) | % | | (1.9) | % |
FHS (b) | 3.8 | % | | N/A | | N/A |
INTL (c) | 9.0 | % | | 15.4 | % | | 14.2 | % |
Consolidated (a) | 8.1 | % | | 7.9 | % | | 7.9 | % |
FHS (b) | N/A | | 0.6 | % | | 20.9 | % |
Net restaurant growth | | | | | |
TH | 0.1 | % | | (1.1) | % | | 0.5 | % |
BK | (3.3) | % | | (0.6) | % | | 0.7 | % |
PLK | 4.9 | % | | 6.7 | % | | 6.4 | % |
FHS (b) | 3.0 | % | | 2.4 | % | | N/A |
INTL (c) | 8.9 | % | | 9.1 | % | | 7.8 | % |
Consolidated (a) | 3.9 | % | | 4.4 | % | | 4.5 | % |
FHS (b) | N/A | | N/A | | 1.6 | % |
System Restaurant count | | | | | |
TH | 4,525 | | | 4,519 | | | 4,571 | |
BK | 7,144 | | | 7,389 | | | 7,433 | |
PLK | 3,394 | | | 3,235 | | | 3,031 | |
FHS (b) | 1,265 | | | 1,242 | | | 1,213 | |
INTL (c) | 14,742 | | | 13,517 | | | 13,208 | |
Consolidated (d) | 31,070 | | | 29,902 | | | 29,456 | |
(a)Consolidated system-wide sales growth and consolidated comparable sales do not include the results of Firehouse Subs for 2022 and 2021. Consolidated system-wide sales and consolidated net restaurant growth do not include the results of Firehouse Subs for 2021.
(b)For 2022, FHS system-wide sales growth, system-wide sales, comparable sales and net restaurant growth are for the period from December 27, 2021 through December 31, 2022. FHS 2022 system-wide sales growth and comparable sales figures are shown for information purposes only. FHS figures for 2021 are shown for informational purposes only, consistent with its 2021 fiscal calendar. FHS system-wide sales and restaurant count include 14 FHS restaurants in Puerto Rico ("FHS PR") in 2022 and 2021 but not in 2023.
For the purpose of calculating 2023 FHS system-wide sales growth, comparable sales and net restaurant growth, we exclude FHS PR in both the current and prior year periods.
(c)INTL includes FHS PR beginning January 1, 2023. For the purposes of calculating 2023 INTL system-wide sales growth, comparable sales and net restaurant growth, we include FHS PR in both the current and prior year periods.
(d)As of December 31, 2023, we had 342 alternative format units open, which primarily includes TH self-serves and Tims Express outlets in China, which are not included in restaurant count.
Macro Economic Environment
During 2023 and 2022, there were increases in commodity, labor, and energy costs partially due to the macroeconomic impact of the War in Ukraine and residual impacts from COVID-19. This has resulted in increases in inflation, foreign exchange volatility, rising interest rates and general softening in the consumer environment which have been exacerbated by conflicts in the Middle East. These pressures could have an adverse impact on our business and results of operations if we and our franchisees are not able to manage costs effectively without negatively impacting consumers.
In addition, the global crisis resulting from the spread of COVID-19 impacted our restaurant operations during 2022 and 2021. Certain markets, including Canada and China, were significantly impacted as a result of governments mandated lockdowns. These lockdowns, which have since been lifted, resulted in restrictions to restaurant operations, such as reduced, if any, dine-in capacity, and/or restrictions on hours of operation in those markets.
Consolidated Results of Operations for 2023, 2022 and 2021
Tabular amounts in millions of U.S. dollars unless noted otherwise. Total revenues and segment income for each segment may not calculate exactly due to rounding.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | 2023 vs. 2022 | | 2022 vs. 2021 |
Consolidated | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 | | Variance | | FX Impact (a) | | Variance Excluding FX Impact | | Variance | | FX Impact | | Variance Excluding FX Impact |
| | | | | | | Favorable / (Unfavorable) |
Revenues: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Sales | $ | 2,950 | | | $ | 2,819 | | | $ | 2,378 | | | $ | 131 | | | $ | (79) | | | $ | 210 | | | $ | 441 | | | $ | (79) | | | $ | 520 | |
Franchise and property revenues | 2,903 | | | 2,661 | | | 2,443 | | | 242 | | | (33) | | | 275 | | | 218 | | | (84) | | | 302 | |
Advertising revenues and other services | 1,169 | | | 1,025 | | | 918 | | | 144 | | | (6) | | | 150 | | | 107 | | | (11) | | | 118 | |
Total revenues | 7,022 | | | 6,505 | | | 5,739 | | | 517 | | | (118) | | | 635 | | | 766 | | | (174) | | | 940 | |
Operating costs and expenses: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Cost of sales | 2,435 | | | 2,312 | | | 1,890 | | | (123) | | | 63 | | | (186) | | | (422) | | | 62 | | | (484) | |
Franchise and property expenses | 512 | | | 518 | | | 489 | | | 6 | | | 11 | | | (5) | | | (29) | | | 12 | | | (41) | |
Advertising expenses and other services | 1,273 | | | 1,077 | | | 986 | | | (196) | | | 7 | | | (203) | | | (91) | | | 13 | | | (104) | |
General and administrative expenses | 704 | | | 631 | | | 484 | | | (73) | | | — | | | (73) | | | (147) | | | 10 | | | (157) | |
(Income) loss from equity method investments | (8) | | | 44 | | | 4 | | | 52 | | | — | | | 52 | | | (40) | | | (1) | | | (39) | |
Other operating expenses (income), net | 55 | | | 25 | | | 7 | | | (30) | | | — | | | (30) | | | (18) | | | (9) | | | (9) | |
Total operating costs and expenses | 4,971 | | | 4,607 | | | 3,860 | | | (364) | | | 81 | | | (445) | | | (747) | | | 87 | | | (834) | |
Income from operations | 2,051 | | | 1,898 | | | 1,879 | | | 153 | | | (37) | | | 190 | | | 19 | | | (87) | | | 106 | |
Interest expense, net | 582 | | | 533 | | | 505 | | | (49) | | | 1 | | | (50) | | | (28) | | | 1 | | | (29) | |
Loss on early extinguishment of debt | 16 | | | — | | | 11 | | | (16) | | | — | | | (16) | | | 11 | | | — | | | 11 | |
Income before income taxes | 1,453 | | | 1,365 | | | 1,363 | | | 88 | | | (36) | | | 124 | | | 2 | | | (86) | | | 88 | |
Income tax (benefit) expense | (265) | | | (117) | | | 110 | | | 148 | | | 2 | | | 146 | | | 227 | | | 4 | | | 223 | |
Net income | $ | 1,718 | | | $ | 1,482 | | | $ | 1,253 | | | $ | 236 | | | $ | (34) | | | $ | 270 | | | $ | 229 | | | $ | (82) | | | $ | 311 | |
(a)We calculate the FX Impact by translating prior year results at current year monthly average exchange rates. We analyze these results on a constant currency basis as this helps identify underlying business trends, without distortion from the effects of currency movements.
Sales and Cost of Sales
During 2023, the increase in sales was primarily driven by an increase of $173 million in our TH segment, an increase of $26 million in our BK segment and an increase of $11 million in our PLK segment, partially offset by an unfavorable FX Impact of $79 million.
During 2022, the increase in sales was primarily driven by an increase of $460 million in our TH segment, an increase of $38 million in our FHS segment reflecting a full year, an increase of $14 million in our PLK segment, and an increase of $6 million in our BK segment, partially offset by an unfavorable FX Impact of $79 million.
During 2023, the increase in cost of sales was primarily driven by an increase of $163 million in our TH segment, an increase of $17 million in our BK segment and an increase of $8 million in our PLK segment, partially offset by a favorable FX Impact of $63 million.
During 2022, the increase in cost of sales was primarily driven by an increase of $428 million in our TH segment, an increase of $34 million in our FHS segment reflecting a full year, an increase of $14 million in our PLK segment, and an increase of $7 million in our BK segment, partially offset by a favorable FX Impact of $62 million.
Franchise and Property
During 2023, the increase in franchise and property revenues was primarily driven by an increase of $108 million in our INTL segment, an increase of $79 million in our TH segment, an increase of $44 million in our BK segment, an increase of $30 million in our PLK segment, and an increase of $14 million in our FHS segment, partially offset by an unfavorable FX Impact of $33 million.
During 2022, the increase in franchise and property revenues was primarily driven by an increase of $105 million in our INTL segment, an increase of $82 million in our FHS segment reflecting a full year, an increase of $81 million in our TH segment, an increase of $20 million in our PLK segment, and an increase of $15 million in our BK segment, partially offset by an unfavorable FX Impact of $84 million.
During 2023, franchise and property expenses remained relatively consistent with 2022.
During 2022, the increase in franchise and property expenses was primarily driven by an increase of $17 million in our INTL segment, an increase of $8 million in our BK segment, an increase of $7 million in our TH segment, and an increase of $6 million in our FHS segment reflecting a full year, partially offset by a favorable FX impact of $12 million.
Advertising and Other Services
During 2023, the increase in advertising revenues and other services was primarily driven by an increase of $35 million in our FHS segment, an increase of $34 million in our TH segment, an increase of $32 million in our BK segment, an increase of $32 million in our PLK segment, and an increase of $17 million in our INTL segment, partially offset by an unfavorable FX Impact of $6 million.
During 2022, the increase in advertising revenues and other services was primarily driven by an increase of $45 million in our TH segment, an increase of $26 million in our PLK segment, an increase of $20 million in our BK segment, an increase of $13 million in our FHS segment reflecting a full year, and an increase of $13 million in our INTL segment, partially offset by an unfavorable FX Impact of $11 million.
During 2023, the increase in advertising expenses and other services was primarily driven by an increase of $76 million in our BK segment, an increase of $37 million in our FHS segment, an increase of $35 million in our TH segment, an increase of $34 million in our PLK segment, and an increase of $19 million in our INTL segment, partially offset by a favorable FX Impact of $7 million.
During 2022, the increase in advertising expenses and other services was primarily driven by an increase of $35 million in our BK segment, an increase of $28 million in our PLK segment, an increase of $14 million in our INTL segment, an increase of $14 million in our TH segment, and an increase of $12 million in our FHS segment reflecting a full year, partially offset by a favorable FX Impact of $13 million.
General and Administrative Expenses
Our general and administrative expenses were comprised of the following:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | 2023 vs. 2022 | | 2022 vs. 2021 |
| 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 | | $ | | % | | $ | | % |
| | | | | | | Favorable / (Unfavorable) |
Segment G&A (b): | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
TH | $ | 168 | | | $ | 151 | | | $ | 133 | | | $ | (17) | | | (11) | % | | $ | (18) | | | (14) | % |
BK | 145 | | | 126 | | | 110 | | | (19) | | | (15) | % | | (16) | | | (15) | % |
PLK | 86 | | | 72 | | | 64 | | | (14) | | | (19) | % | | (8) | | | (13) | % |
FHS | 58 | | | 52 | | | 1 | | | (6) | | | (12) | % | | (51) | | | NM |
INTL | 190 | | | 160 | | | 142 | | | (30) | | | (19) | % | | (18) | | | (13) | % |
FHS Transaction costs | 19 | | | 24 | | | 18 | | | 5 | | | 21 | % | | (6) | | | (33) | % |
Corporate restructuring and advisory fees | 38 | | | 46 | | | 16 | | | 8 | | | 17 | % | | (30) | | | (188) | % |
General and administrative expenses | $ | 704 | | | $ | 631 | | | $ | 484 | | | $ | (73) | | | (12) | % | | $ | (147) | | | (30) | % |
NM - Not meaningful
(b)Segment G&A includes share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense of $194 million, $136 million and $102 million for 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Segment G&A excludes income/expenses from non-recurring projects and non-operating activities, such as FHS Transaction costs and Corporate restructuring and advisory fees (both as defined below).
During 2023, the increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily driven by higher share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation as well as higher salary and employee-related costs for non-restaurant employees, largely a result of hiring across a number of key areas including operations and franchising. During 2022, the increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily driven by higher salary and employee-related costs for non-restaurant employees, largely a result of hiring across a number of key areas including operations and franchising, the increase in Segment G&A for our FHS segment driven by a full year of results in 2022 and an increase in share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation.
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense were primarily due to an increase in equity awards granted during 2023 and 2022, including equity awards granted to our executive chairman during the fourth quarter of 2022, an increase in expenses related to previously granted performance-based equity awards recognized in 2023, and the non-recurrence of equity award forfeitures during 2021. In addition, the increase in share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense was also impacted by shorter vesting periods for equity awards granted beginning in 2021.
In connection with the Firehouse Acquisition, we incurred certain non-recurring fees and expenses (“FHS Transaction costs”) consisting of professional fees, compensation related expenses and integration costs. We do not expect to incur additional FHS Transaction costs in the future.
In connection with certain transformational corporate restructuring initiatives that rationalize our structure and optimize cash movement within our structure as well as services related to significant tax reform legislation and regulations, we incurred non-operating expenses primarily from professional advisory and consulting services (“Corporate restructuring and advisory fees”). The decrease in Corporate restructuring and advisory fees in 2023 reflects decreased costs associated with corporate restructuring initiatives in 2023 compared to 2022. The increase in Corporate restructuring and advisory fees in 2022 reflects increased costs associated with finalizing restructuring initiatives and execution of restructuring actions in 2022 compared to primarily planning activities in 2021.
(Income) Loss from Equity Method Investments
(Income) loss from equity method investments reflects our share of investee net income or loss, non-cash dilution gains or losses from changes in our ownership interests in equity method investees and impairment charges.
During 2023, the change in (income) loss from equity method investments was primarily related to our share of a gain recognized by one of our Burger King joint ventures on the sale of equity shares the joint venture held in a subsidiary and the non-recurrence of an impairment charge that we recognized in 2022. For additional information on equity method impairment charges, see Note 6, “Equity Method Investments”, of the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of our Annual Report.
During 2022, the change in (income) loss from equity method investments was primarily driven by an increase in equity method investment net losses and an impairment charge that we recognized in 2022.
Other Operating Expenses (Income), net
Our other operating expenses (income), net were comprised of the following:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
Net losses (gains) on disposal of assets, restaurant closures and refranchisings | $ | 16 | | | $ | 4 | | | $ | 2 | |
Litigation settlements and reserves, net | 1 | | | 11 | | | 81 | |
Net losses (gains) on foreign exchange | 20 | | | (4) | | | (76) | |
Other, net | 18 | | | 14 | | | — | |
Other operating expenses (income), net | $ | 55 | | | $ | 25 | | | $ | 7 | |
Net losses (gains) on disposal of assets, restaurant closures, and refranchisings represent sales of properties and other costs related to restaurant closures and refranchisings. Gains and losses recognized in the current period may reflect certain costs related to closures and refranchisings that occurred in previous periods. The amount for 2023 includes asset write-offs and related costs in connection with the discontinuance of an internally developed software project.
Litigation settlements and reserves, net primarily reflects accruals and payments made and proceeds received in connection with litigation and arbitration matters and other business disputes.
In early 2022, we entered into negotiations to resolve business disputes that arose during 2021 with counterparties to the master franchise agreements for Burger King and Popeyes in China. Based on these discussions, we paid approximately $100 million in 2022, $5 million and $72 million of which was recorded as Litigation settlements and reserves, net in 2022 and 2021, respectively. The majority of this amount related to Popeyes, resolved our disputes, and allowed us to move forward in the market with a new master franchisee. Additionally, pursuant to this agreement we and our partners made equity contributions to the Burger King business in China.
Net losses (gains) on foreign exchange are primarily related to revaluation of foreign denominated assets and liabilities.
Other, net for 2023 and 2022 are primarily related to payments in connection with FHS area representative buyouts.
Interest Expense, net
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
Interest expense, net | $ | 582 | | | $ | 533 | | | $ | 505 | |
Weighted average interest rate on long-term debt | 5.0 | % | | 4.4 | % | | 4.2 | % |
During 2023, interest expense, net increased primarily due to an increase in the weighted average interest rate driven by increases in interest rates which impacts our variable rate debt and the impact of our September 2023 term loan refinancing.
During 2022, interest expense, net increased primarily due to an increase in long-term debt and an increase in the weighted average interest rate driven by increases in interest rates which impacts our variable debt.
Income Tax Expense
Our effective tax rate was (18.2)% in 2023 and (8.6)% in 2022. The effective tax rate for 2023 reflects a $367 million increase in net deferred tax assets related to non-refundable tax credits and certain intangibles recognized in connection with intra-group reorganizations centralizing the management of various international business and financing operations, which reduced the effective tax rate by 25.3%. The effective tax rate for 2023 and 2022 includes a net decrease in tax reserves of $91 million and $364 million, respectively, related primarily to expiring statutes of limitations for certain prior tax years which decreased the effective tax rate by 6.2% and 26.7%, respectively. Additionally, our effective tax rate for 2023 was favorably impacted by structural changes implemented in the latter part of 2022.
Our effective tax rate was (8.6)% in 2022 and 8.1% in 2021. The effective tax rate for 2022 and 2021 include net decreases in tax reserves of $364 million and $101 million, respectively, related primarily to expiring statutes of limitations for certain prior tax years which decreased the effective tax rate by 26.7% and 7.4%, respectively. The effective tax rates for 2022 and 2021 also reflect the mix of income from multiple tax jurisdictions, and the impact of internal financing arrangements and structural changes.
Net Income
We reported net income of $1,718 million for 2023 compared to net income of $1,482 million for 2022. The increase in net income is primarily due to a $148 million increase in income tax benefit, a $72 million increase in INTL segment income, a $53 million favorable change from the impact of equity method investments, a $33 million increase in TH segment income, a $16 million increase in PLK segment income, an $8 million decrease in Corporate restructuring and advisory fees, a $5 million decrease in FHS Transaction costs, a $5 million increase in FHS segment income and a $1 million decrease in franchise agreement amortization. These factors were partially offset by a $49 million increase in interest expense, net, a $30 million increase in other operating expenses (income), net, $16 million loss on early extinguishment of debt in the current year, and a $10.0 million decrease in BK segment income. Amounts above include a total unfavorable FX Impact to net income of $34 million.
We reported net income of $1,482 million for 2022 compared to net income of $1,253 million for 2021. The increase in net income is primarily due to an income tax benefit of $117 million in 2022 compared to an income tax expense of $110 million in 2021, an $80 million increase in TH segment income, a $31 million increase in FHS segment income reflecting a full year, a $14 million increase in INTL segment income, the non-recurrence of an $11 million loss on early extinguishment of debt, and a $7 million increase in PLK segment income. These factors were partially offset by a $34 million unfavorable change from the impact of equity method investments, a $30 million increase in Corporate restructuring and advisory fees, a $28 million increase in interest expense, net, a $25 million decrease in BK segment income, an $18 million increase in other operating expenses (income), net, and a $6 million increase in FHS Transaction costs. Amounts above include a total unfavorable FX Impact to net income of $82 million.
Segment Results of Operations for 2023, 2022 and 2021
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | 2023 vs. 2022 | | 2022 vs. 2021 |
TH Segment | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 | | Variance | | FX Impact (a) | | Variance Excluding FX Impact | | Variance | | FX Impact | | Variance Excluding FX Impact |
| | | | | | | Favorable / (Unfavorable) |
Revenues: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Sales | $ | 2,725 | | | $ | 2,631 | | | $ | 2,249 | | | $ | 94 | | | $ | (79) | | | $ | 173 | | | $ | 381 | | | $ | (78) | | | $ | 460 | |
Franchise and property revenues | 955 | | | 905 | | | 853 | | | 50 | | | (28) | | | 79 | | | 52 | | | (29) | | | 81 | |
Advertising revenues and other services | 292 | | | 266 | | | 229 | | | 26 | | | (8) | | | 34 | | | 37 | | | (8) | | | 45 | |
Total revenues | 3,972 | | | 3,801 | | | 3,331 | | | 171 | | | (115) | | | 286 | | | 470 | | | (116) | | | 586 | |
Cost of sales | 2,231 | | | 2,131 | | | 1,765 | | | (100) | | | 63 | | | (163) | | | (366) | | | 62 | | | (428) | |
Franchise and property expenses | 325 | | | 332 | | | 336 | | | 7 | | | 11 | | | (4) | | | 4 | | | 11 | | | (7) | |
Advertising expenses and other services | 309 | | | 282 | | | 277 | | | (27) | | | 9 | | | (35) | | | (5) | | | 10 | | | (14) | |
Segment G&A (a) | 168 | | | 151 | | | 133 | | | (17) | | | 5 | | | (22) | | | (18) | | | 4 | | | (22) | |
Adjustments: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Franchise agreement amortization (b) | 6 | | | 7 | | | 8 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (1) | | | — | | | (1) | |
Cash distributions received from equity method investments | 14 | | | 13 | | | 17 | | | — | | | — | | | 1 | | | (4) | | | (1) | | | (3) | |
Segment income | 958 | | | 925 | | | 845 | | | 33 | | | (28) | | | 61 | | | 80 | | | (30) | | | 110 | |
(a)Segment G&A includes share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense of $51 million, $37 million and $32 million for 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
(b)Franchise agreement amortization is included in franchise and property expenses.
System-wide Sales
During 2023, the increase in TH system-wide sales of 11.0% was primarily driven by comparable sales of 10.4%, including Canada comparable sales of 10.9%, and net restaurant growth of 0.1%.
Sales and Cost of Sales
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in sales were primarily driven by increases in supply chain sales due to increases in system-wide sales as well as increases in commodity prices passed on to franchisees and increases in CPG sales, partially offset by an unfavorable FX Impact.
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in cost of sales were primarily driven by increases in supply chain sales and CPG sales, as well as increases in commodity prices, partially offset by a favorable FX Impact.
Franchise and Property
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in franchise and property revenues were primarily driven by increases in royalties and rent, as a result of increases in system-wide sales, partially offset by an unfavorable FX Impact.
During 2023 and 2022, franchise and property expenses remained relatively consistent with the prior year.
Advertising and Other Services
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in advertising revenues and other services were driven by increases in advertising fund contributions by franchisees, as a result of increases in system-wide sales, and, to a lesser extent for 2023, revenues from new product and service launches, partially offset by an unfavorable FX Impact.
During 2023, the increase in advertising expenses and other services was driven primarily by expenses related to new product and service launches as well as increases in advertising revenues and other services. During 2022, the increase in advertising expenses and other services was driven primarily by increases in advertising revenues and other services. Additionally, during 2022, the increase was partially offset by the non-recurrence of our support behind the marketing program in Canada during 2021.
Segment G&A
During 2023, the increase in Segment G&A was primarily driven by higher share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation, partially offset by a favorable FX Impact.
During 2022, the increase in Segment G&A was primarily driven by an increase in professional services, higher share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation and higher salary and employee-related costs for non-restaurant employees, partially offset by a favorable FX Impact.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | 2023 vs. 2022 | | 2022 vs. 2021 |
BK Segment | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 | | Variance | | FX Impact (a) | | Variance Excluding FX Impact | | Variance | | FX Impact | | Variance Excluding FX Impact |
| | | | | | | Favorable / (Unfavorable) |
Revenues: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Sales | $ | 97 | | | $ | 70 | | | $ | 64 | | | $ | 26 | | | $ | — | | | $ | 26 | | | $ | 6 | | | $ | — | | | $ | 6 | |
Franchise and property revenues | 731 | | | 688 | | | 674 | | | 43 | | | (1) | | | 44 | | | 14 | | | (1) | | | 15 | |
Advertising revenues and other services | 470 | | | 438 | | | 419 | | | 32 | | | (1) | | | 32 | | | 19 | | | (1) | | | 20 | |
Total revenues | 1,297 | | | 1,196 | | | 1,156 | | | 101 | | | (2) | | | 103 | | | 40 | | | (2) | | | 42 | |
Cost of sales | 90 | | | 74 | | | 66 | | | (17) | | | — | | | (17) | | | (7) | | | — | | | (7) | |
Franchise and property expenses | 144 | | | 144 | | | 137 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (7) | | | — | | | (8) | |
Advertising expenses and other services | 543 | | | 467 | | | 433 | | | (75) | | | 1 | | | (76) | | | (35) | | | 1 | | | (35) | |
Segment G&A (a) | 145 | | | 126 | | | 110 | | | (19) | | | — | | | (19) | | | (16) | | | — | | | (16) | |
Adjustments: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Franchise agreement amortization (b) | 11 | | | 11 | | | 11 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Segment income | 386 | | | 396 | | | 421 | | | (10) | | | (1) | | | (9) | | | (25) | | | (1) | | | (24) | |
(a)Segment G&A includes share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense of $41 million, $30 million and $25 million for 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
System-wide Sales
During 2023, the increase in BK system-wide sales of 6.9% was primarily driven by comparable sales of 7.4%, including US comparable sales of 7.5%, partially offset by net restaurant growth of (3.3)%.
Sales and Cost of Sales
During 2023, the increases in sales and cost of sales was primarily driven by increases in Company restaurants due to franchisee restaurant acquisitions during 2023.
During 2022, sales and cost of sales remained relatively consistent with the prior year.
Franchise and Property
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in franchise and property revenues were primarily driven by increases in royalties, as a result of increases in system-wide sales.
During 2023, franchise and property expenses remained consistent with the prior year. During 2022, the increase in franchise and property expenses was primarily related to bad debt expenses in 2022 compared to bad debt recoveries in 2021.
Advertising and Other Services
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in advertising revenues and other services were primarily driven by increases in advertising fund contributions by franchisees, as a result of increases in system-wide sales.
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in advertising expenses and other services were driven primarily by increases in advertising revenues and other services, increases in expenses related to our support behind the marketing program in the U.S. and technology initiatives.
Segment G&A
During 2023, the increase in Segment G&A was primarily driven by higher share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation as well as higher salary and employee-related costs for non-restaurant employees, largely a result of hiring across a number of key areas including operations and franchising.
During 2022, the increase in Segment G&A was primarily driven by higher salary and employee-related costs for non-restaurant employees, largely a result of hiring across a number of key areas including operations and franchising, and higher share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | 2023 vs. 2022 | | 2022 vs. 2021 |
PLK Segment | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 | | Variance | | FX Impact (a) | | Variance Excluding FX Impact | | Variance | | FX Impact | | Variance Excluding FX Impact |
| | | | | | | Favorable / (Unfavorable) |
Revenues: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Sales | $ | 89 | | | $ | 78 | | | $ | 64 | | | $ | 11 | | | $ | — | | | $ | 11 | | | $ | 14 | | | $ | — | | | $ | 14 | |
Franchise and property revenues | 314 | | | 284 | | | 265 | | | 30 | | | (1) | | | 30 | | | 19 | | | (1) | | | 20 | |
Advertising revenues and other services | 289 | | | 256 | | | 230 | | | 32 | | | — | | | 32 | | | 26 | | | — | | | 26 | |
Total revenues | 692 | | | 619 | | | 559 | | | 73 | | | (1) | | | 74 | | | 60 | | | (1) | | | 60 | |
Cost of sales | 80 | | | 72 | | | 58 | | | (8) | | | — | | | (8) | | | (14) | | | — | | | (14) | |
Franchise and property expenses | 12 | | | 11 | | | 8 | | | (1) | | | — | | | (1) | | | (3) | | | — | | | (3) | |
Advertising expenses and other services | 295 | | | 261 | | | 233 | | | (34) | | | — | | | (34) | | | (28) | | | — | | | (28) | |
Segment G&A (a) | 86 | | | 72 | | | 64 | | | (14) | | | — | | | (14) | | | (8) | | | — | | | (8) | |
Adjustments: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Franchise agreement amortization (b) | 2 | | | 2 | | | 2 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Segment income | 221 | | | 205 | | | 198 | | | 16 | | | — | | | 16 | | | 7 | | | (1) | | | 8 | |
(a)Segment G&A includes share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense of $26 million, $20 million, and $14 million for 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
System-wide Sales
During 2023, the increase in PLK system-wide sales of 10.5% was primarily driven by comparable sales of 4.8%, including US comparable sales of 4.8%, and net restaurant growth of 4.9%.
Sales and Cost of Sales
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in sales and cost of sales was primarily driven by increases in comparable sales for Company restaurants.
Franchise and Property
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in franchise and property revenues were primarily driven by increases in royalties, as a result of increases in system-wide sales.
During 2023 and 2022, franchise and property expenses remained relatively consistent with the prior year.
Advertising and Other Services
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in advertising revenues and other services were primarily driven by increases in advertising fund contributions by franchisees, as a result of increases in system-wide sales.
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in advertising expenses and other services were primarily driven by increases in advertising revenues and other services.
Segment G&A
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in Segment G&A were primarily driven by higher share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation as well as higher salary and employee-related costs for non-restaurant employees, largely a result of hiring across a number of key areas including operations and franchising.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | 2023 vs. 2022 | | 2022 vs. 2021 |
FHS Segment | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 | | Variance | | FX Impact (a) | | Variance Excluding FX Impact | | Variance | | FX Impact | | Variance Excluding FX Impact |
| | | | | | | Favorable / (Unfavorable) |
Revenues: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Sales | $ | 39 | | | $ | 40 | | | $ | 1 | | | $ | — | | | $ | — | | | $ | — | | | $ | 38 | | | $ | — | | | $ | 38 | |
Franchise and property revenues | 99 | | | 85 | | | 4 | | | 14 | | | — | | | 14 | | | 82 | | | — | | | 82 | |
Advertising revenues and other services | 48 | | | 13 | | | — | | | 35 | | | — | | | 35 | | | 13 | | | — | | | 13 | |
Total revenues | 187 | | | 138 | | | 5 | | | 49 | | | — | | | 49 | | | 133 | | | — | | | 133 | |
Cost of sales | 34 | | | 35 | | | 1 | | | 1 | | | — | | | 1 | | | (34) | | | — | | | (34) | |
Franchise and property expenses | 9 | | | 7 | | | 1 | | | (1) | | | — | | | (1) | | | (6) | | | — | | | (6) | |
Advertising expenses and other services | 49 | | | 12 | | | — | | | (37) | | | — | | | (37) | | | (12) | | | — | | | (12) | |
Segment G&A (a) | 58 | | | 52 | | | 1 | | | (6) | | | — | | | (6) | | | (51) | | | — | | | (51) | |
Adjustments: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Franchise agreement amortization (b) | 1 | | | 1 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 1 | | | — | | | 1 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Segment income | 38 | | | 33 | | | 2 | | | 5 | | | — | | | 5 | | | 31 | | | — | | | 31 | |
(a)Segment G&A includes share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense of $17 million and $8 million for 2023 and 2022, respectively, with none recognized in 2021.
System-wide Sales
During 2023, the increase in FHS system-wide sales of 7.1% was primarily driven by comparable sales of 3.8%, including US comparable sales of 4.2%, and net restaurant growth of 3.0%.
Franchise and Property
During 2023, the increases in franchise and property revenues were primarily driven by increases in royalties, as a result of increases in system-wide sales.
During 2023, franchise and property expenses remained relatively consistent with the prior year.
Advertising and Other Services
During 2023, the increases in advertising revenues and other services as well as advertising expenses and other services reflects modification of the advertising fund arrangements to be more consistent with those of our other brands and increases in advertising fund contributions by franchisees, with a corresponding increase in advertising expenses, as a result of increases in system-wide sales.
Segment G&A
During 2023, the increase in Segment G&A was primarily driven by higher share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | 2023 vs. 2022 | | 2022 vs. 2021 |
INTL Segment | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 | | Variance | | FX Impact (a) | | Variance Excluding FX Impact | | Variance | | FX Impact | | Variance Excluding FX Impact |
| | | | | | | Favorable / (Unfavorable) |
Revenues: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Sales | $ | — | | | $ | — | | | $ | — | | | $ | — | | | $ | — | | | $ | — | | | $ | — | | | $ | — | | | $ | — | |
Franchise and property revenues | 804 | | | 699 | | | 647 | | | 105 | | | (3) | | | 108 | | | 52 | | | (53) | | | 105 | |
Advertising revenues and other services | 70 | | | 51 | | | 41 | | | 19 | | | 3 | | | 17 | | | 10 | | | (3) | | | 13 | |
Total revenues | 874 | | | 750 | | | 688 | | | 124 | | | — | | | 124 | | | 62 | | | (55) | | | 118 | |
Cost of sales | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | |
Franchise and property expenses | 22 | | | 24 | | | 7 | | | 2 | | | — | | | 2 | | | (17) | | | — | | | (17) | |
Advertising expenses and other services | 77 | | | 54 | | | 43 | | | (23) | | | (3) | | | (19) | | | (11) | | | 3 | | | (14) | |
Segment G&A (a) | 190 | | | 160 | | | 142 | | | (30) | | | (4) | | | (26) | | | (18) | | | 4 | | | (22) | |
Adjustments: | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Franchise agreement amortization (b) | 11 | | | 10 | | | 11 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (1) | | | (1) | | | — | |
Cash distributions received from equity method investments | — | | | 1 | | | 4 | | | (1) | | | — | | | (1) | | | (2) | | | — | | | (2) | |
Segment income | 597 | | | 525 | | | 511 | | | 72 | | | (8) | | | 80 | | | 14 | | | (49) | | | 63 | |
(a)Segment G&A includes share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense of $58 million, $41 million, and $31 million for 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
System-wide Sales
During 2023, the increase in INTL system-wide sales of 17.6% was primarily driven by comparable sales of 9.0% and net restaurant growth of 8.9%.
Franchise and Property
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in franchise and property revenues were primarily driven by increases in royalties, primarily at Burger King, as a result of increases in system-wide sales, partially offset by an unfavorable FX Impact.
During 2023, franchise and property expenses remained relatively consistent with the prior year. During 2022, the increase in franchise and property expenses was primarily related to Burger King due to bad debt expenses in 2022, inclusive of Russia, compared to bad debt recoveries in 2021.
Advertising and Other Services
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in advertising revenues and other services were primarily driven by increases in advertising fund contributions by franchisees in the limited number of markets where we manage the advertising funds, as a result of increases in system-wide sales, and to a lesser extent an increase in tech revenues.
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in advertising expenses and other services were driven primarily by increases in advertising revenues and increases in technology initiatives.
Segment G&A
During 2023 and 2022, the increases in Segment G&A were primarily driven by higher share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation as well as higher salary and employee-related costs for non-restaurant employees, largely a result of hiring across a number of key areas including operations and franchising.
Non-GAAP Reconciliations
The table below contains information regarding Adjusted Operating Income, which is a non-GAAP measure. This non-GAAP measure does not have a standardized meaning under U.S. GAAP and may differ from a similar captioned measure of other companies in our industry. We believe this non-GAAP measure is useful to investors in assessing our operating performance, as it provides them with the same tools that management uses to evaluate our performance and is responsive to questions we receive from both investors and analysts. By disclosing this non-GAAP measure, we intend to provide investors with a consistent comparison of our operating results and trends for the periods presented. Adjusted Operating Income is defined as income from operations excluding (i) franchise agreement amortization as a result of acquisition accounting, (ii) (income) loss from equity method investments, net of cash distributions received from equity method investments, (iii) other operating expenses (income), net and, (iv) income/expenses from non-recurring projects and non-operating activities. For the periods referenced, income/expenses from non-recurring projects and non-operating activities included (i) non-recurring fees and expense incurred in connection with the acquisition of Firehouse consisting of professional fees, compensation related expenses and integration costs; and (ii) non-operating costs from professional advisory and consulting services associated with certain transformational corporate restructuring initiatives that rationalize our structure and optimize cash movements as well as services related to significant tax reform legislation and regulations. Management believes that these types of expenses are either not related to our underlying profitability drivers or not likely to re-occur in the foreseeable future and the varied timing, size and nature of these projects may cause volatility in our results unrelated to the performance of our core business that does not reflect trends of our core operations.
Adjusted Operating Income is used by management to measure operating performance of the business, excluding these non-cash and other specifically identified items that management believes are not relevant to management’s assessment of our operating performance. Adjusted Operating Income, as defined above, also represents our measure of segment income for each of our five operating segments. | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 | | 2023 vs. 2022 | | 2022 vs. 2021 |
| | | | | | | Favorable / (Unfavorable) |
| | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | |
Income from operations | $ | 2,051 | | | $ | 1,898 | | | $ | 1,879 | | | $ | 153 | | | $ | 19 | |
Franchise agreement amortization | 31 | | | 32 | | | 32 | | | 1 | | | — | |
FHS Transaction costs | 19 | | | 24 | | | 18 | | | 5 | | | (6) | |
Corporate restructuring and advisory fees | 38 | | | 46 | | | 16 | | | 8 | | | (30) | |
Impact of equity method investments (a) | 6 | | | 59 | | | 25 | | | 53 | | | (34) | |
Other operating expenses (income), net | 55 | | | 25 | | | 7 | | | (30) | | | (18) | |
Adjusted Operating Income | $ | 2,200 | | | $ | 2,084 | | | $ | 1,977 | | | $ | 116 | | | $ | 107 | |
| | | | | | | | | |
Segment income: | | | | | | | | | |
TH | $ | 958 | | | $ | 925 | | | $ | 845 | | | $ | 33 | | | $ | 80 | |
BK | 386 | | | 396 | | | 421 | | | (10) | | | (25) | |
PLK | 221 | | | 205 | | | 198 | | | 16 | | | 7 | |
FHS | 38 | | | 33 | | | 2 | | | 5 | | | 31 | |
INTL | 597 | | | 525 | | | 511 | | | 72 | | | 14 | |
Adjusted Operating Income | $ | 2,200 | | | $ | 2,084 | | | $ | 1,977 | | | $ | 116 | | | $ | 107 | |
(a)Represents (i) (income) loss from equity method investments and (ii) cash distributions received from our equity method investments. Cash distributions received from our equity method investments are included in Adjusted Operating Income.
The increase in Adjusted Operating Income for 2023 reflects an increase in INTL segment income, TH segment income, PLK segment income and FHS segment income, partially offset by a decrease in BK segment income and includes an unfavorable FX Impact of $37 million.
The increase in Adjusted Operating Income for 2022 reflects an increase in TH segment income, the inclusion of a full year of FHS in 2022 compared to the period December 15 through December 26 in 2021, and increases in INTL segment income and PLK segment income, partially offset by a decrease in BK segment income and includes an unfavorable FX Impact of $80 million.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our primary sources of liquidity are cash on hand, cash generated by operations and borrowings available under our Revolving Credit Facility (as defined below). We have used, and may in the future use, our liquidity to make required interest and/or principal payments, to repurchase our common shares, to repurchase Class B exchangeable limited partnership units of Partnership (“Partnership exchangeable units”), to voluntarily prepay and repurchase our or one of our affiliate’s outstanding debt, to fund acquisitions and other investing activities, such as capital expenditures and joint ventures, and to pay dividends on our common shares and make distributions on the Partnership exchangeable units. Our liquidity requirements are significant, primarily due to debt service requirements.
At December 31, 2023, we had cash and cash equivalents of $1,139 million and borrowing availability of $1,248 million under our Revolving Credit Facility. Based on our current level of operations and available cash, we believe our cash flow from operations, combined with our availability under our Revolving Credit Facility, will provide sufficient liquidity to fund our current obligations, debt service requirements and capital spending over the next twelve months.
On September 21, 2023, two of our subsidiaries (the “Borrowers”) entered into a seventh amendment (the “7th Amendment”) to the credit agreement governing our senior secured term loan A facility (the “Term Loan A”), our senior secured term loan B facility (the “Term Loan B” and together with the Term Loan A, the “Term Loan Facilities”) and our senior secured revolving credit facility (including revolving loans, swingline loans and letters of credit) (the “Revolving Credit Facility” and together with the Term Loan Facilities, the “Credit Facilities”). Under the 7th Amendment we (i) amended the existing Revolving Credit Facility to increase the availability from $1,000 million to $1,250 million and extended the maturity of the facility to September 21, 2028 without changing the leverage-based spread to adjusted SOFR (Secured Overnight Financing Rate); (ii) increased the Term Loan A to $1,275 million and extended the maturity of the Term Loan A to September 21, 2028 without changing the leverage-based spread to adjusted SOFR; (iii) increased the Term Loan B to $5,175 million, extended the maturity of the Term Loan B to September 21, 2030, and changed the interest rate applicable to borrowings under our Term Loan B to term SOFR, subject to a floor of 0.00%, plus an applicable margin of 2.25%; and (iv) made certain other changes as set forth therein, including removing the 0.10% adjustment to the term SOFR rate across the facilities and changes to certain covenants to provide increased flexibility. On December 28, 2023, we entered into an eighth amendment (the “8th Amendment” and together with the 7th Amendment, the “2023 Amendments”) to the credit agreement whereby Partnership and its subsidiaries became guarantors, subject to the covenants applicable to the Credit Facilities. The 2023 Amendments made no other material changes to the terms of the credit agreement.
In September 2022, Burger King shared the details of its “Reclaim the Flame” plan to accelerate sales growth and drive franchisee profitability. We are investing $400 million over the life of the plan, comprising $150 million in advertising and digital investments (“Fuel the Flame”) and $250 million in high-quality remodels and relocations, restaurant technology, kitchen equipment, and building enhancements (“Royal Reset”). During 2023, we funded $60 million toward the Fuel the Flame investment and $44 million toward our Royal Reset investment and as of December 31, 2023, we have funded a total of $73 million toward the Fuel the Flame investment and $61 million toward our Royal Reset investment.
On January 16, 2024, we announced that we have reached an agreement to acquire all of Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc. (“Carrols”) issued and outstanding shares that are not already held by RBI or its affiliates for $9.55 per share in an all cash transaction, or an aggregate total enterprise value of approximately $1.0 billion. The transaction is expected to be completed in the second quarter of 2024 and is subject to customary closing conditions, including approval by the holders of the majority of common stock held by Carrols stockholders excluding shares held by RBI and its affiliates and officers of Carrols in addition to approval by holders of a majority of outstanding common stock of Carrols. The transaction is not subject to a financing contingency and is expected to be financed with cash on hand of approximately $200 million and term loan debt of approximately $750 million for which RBI has received a financing commitment.
On August 31, 2023, our board of directors approved a share repurchase authorization of up to $1,000 million of our common shares until September 30, 2025. This approval follows the expiration of RBI's prior two-year authorization to repurchase up to $1,000 million of our common shares. On September 13, 2023, we announced that the Toronto Stock Exchange (the “TSX”) had accepted and approved the notice of our intention to renew the normal course issuer bid, permitting the repurchase up to 30,895,637 common shares for the 12-month period ending on September 14, 2024. Share repurchases under the normal course issuer bid will be made through the facilities of the TSX, the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) and/or other exchanges and alternative Canadian or foreign trading systems, if eligible, or by such other means as may be
permitted by the TSX and/or the NYSE under applicable law. Shareholders may obtain a copy of the prior notice, free of charge, by contacting us. During 2023, we repurchased and cancelled 7,639,137 RBI common shares on the open market for $500 million and as of December 31, 2023 had $500 million remaining under the authorization. Repurchases under the Company's authorization will be made in the open market or through privately negotiated transactions.
We generally provide applicable deferred taxes based on the tax liability or withholding taxes that would be due upon repatriation of cash associated with unremitted earnings. We will continue to monitor our plans for such cash and related foreign earnings but our expectation is to continue to provide taxes on unremitted earnings that we expect to distribute.
Debt Instruments and Debt Service Requirements
As of December 31, 2023, our long-term debt consists primarily of borrowings under our Credit Facilities, amounts outstanding under our 3.875% First Lien Senior Notes due 2028, 5.75% First Lien Senior Notes due 2025, 3.50% First Lien Senior Notes due 2029, 4.375% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2028, 4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2030 (together, the “Senior Notes”), TH Facility, RE Facility (each as defined below), and obligations under finance leases. For further information about our long-term debt, see Note 8, “Long Term Debt,” of the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of our Annual Report.
Credit Facilities
As of December 31, 2023, there was $6,450 million outstanding principal amount under our Term Loan Facilities with a weighted average interest rate of 7.41%. The interest rate applicable to borrowings under our Term Loan A and Revolving Credit Facility is, at our option, either (i) a base rate, subject to a floor of 1.00%, plus an applicable margin varying from 0.00% to 0.50%, or (ii) Term SOFR (Secured Overnight Financing Rate), subject to a floor of 0.00%, plus an applicable margin varying between 0.75% to 1.50%, in each case, determined by reference to a net first lien leverage based pricing grid. The interest rate applicable to borrowings under our Term Loan B is, at our option, either (i) a base rate, subject to a floor of 1.00%, plus an applicable margin of 1.25%, or (ii) Term SOFR, subject to a floor of 0.00%, plus an applicable margin of 2.25%.
Based on the amounts outstanding under the Term Loan Facilities and SOFR as of December 31, 2023, subject to a floor of 0.00%, required debt service for the next twelve months is estimated to be approximately $484 million in interest payments and $52 million in principal payments. In addition, based on SOFR as of December 31, 2023, net cash settlements that we expect to receive on our $4,000 million interest rate swaps are estimated to be approximately $136 million for the next twelve months. We may prepay the Term Loan Facilities in whole or in part at any time. Additionally, subject to certain exceptions, the Term Loan Facilities may be subject to mandatory prepayments using (i) proceeds from non-ordinary course asset dispositions, (ii) proceeds from certain incurrences of debt or (iii) a portion of our annual excess cash flows based upon certain leverage ratios.
As of December 31, 2023, we had no amounts outstanding under our Revolving Credit Facility (including revolving loans, swingline loans and letters of credit), had $2 million of letters of credit issued against the Revolving Credit Facility, and our borrowing availability was $1,248 million. Funds available under the Revolving Credit Facility may be used to repay other debt, finance debt or share repurchases, fund acquisitions or capital expenditures, and for other general corporate purposes. We have a $125 million letter of credit sublimit as part of the Revolving Credit Facility, which reduces our borrowing availability thereunder by the cumulative amount of outstanding letters of credit. We are also required to pay (i) letters of credit fees on the aggregate face amounts of outstanding letters of credit plus a fronting fee to the issuing bank and (ii) administration fees. The interest rate applicable to amounts drawn under each letter of credit ranges from 0.75% to 1.50%, depending on our net first lien leverage ratio.
Obligations under the Credit Facilities are guaranteed on a senior secured basis, jointly and severally, by Partnership and substantially all of its Canadian and U.S. subsidiaries, including The TDL Group Corp., Burger King Company LLC, Popeyes Louisiana Kitchen, Inc., FRG, LLC and substantially all of their respective Canadian and U.S. subsidiaries (the “Credit Guarantors”). Amounts borrowed under the Credit Facilities are secured on a first priority basis by a perfected security interest in substantially all of the present and future property (subject to certain exceptions) of each Borrower and Credit Guarantor.
Senior Notes
The Borrowers entered into indentures in connection with the issuance of the following senior notes (collectively the “Senior Notes Indentures”):
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Amount (in millions) | Interest Rate | Lien Priority | Due Date |
$1,550 | 3.875% | First lien | January 15, 2028 |
$500 | 5.75% | First lien | April 15, 2025 |
$750 | 3.50% | First lien | February 15, 2029 |
$750 | 4.375% | Second lien | January 15, 2028 |
$2,900 | 4.00% | Second lien | October 15, 2030 |
No principal payments are due until maturity and interest is paid semi-annually.
The Borrowers may redeem a series of senior notes, in whole or in part, at any time at the redemption prices set forth in the applicable Senior Notes Indenture; provided that if the redemption is prior to February 15, 2024 for the 3.50% First Lien Senior Notes, and October 15, 2025 for the 4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes, it will instead be at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount redeemed plus a “make-whole” premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date. The Senior Notes Indentures also contain redemption provisions related to tender offers, change of control and equity offerings, among others.
Based on the amounts outstanding at December 31, 2023, required debt service for the next twelve months on all of the senior notes outstanding is approximately $264 million in interest payments.
TH Facility and RE Facility
One of our subsidiaries entered into a non-revolving delayed drawdown term credit facility in a total aggregate principal amount of C$225 million with a maturity date of October 4, 2025 (the “TH Facility”). The interest rate applicable to the TH Facility is the Canadian Bankers’ Acceptance rate plus an applicable margin equal to 1.40% or the Prime Rate plus an applicable margin equal to 0.40%, at our option. Obligations under the TH Facility are guaranteed by four of our subsidiaries, and amounts borrowed under the TH Facility are secured by certain parcels of real estate. As of December 31, 2023, we had approximately C$182 million outstanding under the TH Facility with a weighted average interest rate of 6.84%.
One of our subsidiaries entered into a non-revolving delayed drawdown term credit facility in a total aggregate principal amount of $50 million with a maturity date of October 12, 2028 (the “RE Facility”). The interest rate applicable to the RE Facility is, at our option, either (i) a base rate, subject to a floor of 0.50%, plus an applicable margin of 0.50% or (ii) Adjusted Term SOFR (Adjusted Term SOFR is calculated as Term SOFR plus a margin based on duration), subject to a floor of 0.00%, plus an applicable margin of 1.50%. Obligations under the RE Facility are guaranteed by four of our subsidiaries, and amounts borrowed under the RE Facility are secured by certain parcels of real estate. As of December 31, 2023, we had approximately $4 million outstanding under the RE Facility with a weighted average interest rate of 6.95%.
Based on the amounts outstanding under the TH Facility as of December 31, 2023, required debt service for the next twelve months is estimated to be approximately $9 million in interest payments and $15 million in principal payments. Based on the amounts outstanding under the RE Facility as of December 31, 2023, required debt service for the next twelve months is not material.
Restrictions and Covenants
Our Credit Facilities and the Senior Notes Indentures contain a number of customary affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict our ability and the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to: incur additional indebtedness; incur liens; engage in mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions; sell assets; pay dividends and make other payments in respect of capital stock; make investments, loans and advances; pay or modify the terms of certain indebtedness; and engage in certain transactions with affiliates. Under the Credit Facilities, the Borrowers are not permitted to exceed a net first lien senior secured leverage ratio of 6.50 to 1.00 when, as of the end of any fiscal quarter beginning with the first quarter of 2020, any amounts are outstanding under the Term Loan A and/or outstanding revolving loans, swingline loans and certain letters of credit exceed 30.0% of the commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility.
The restrictions under the Credit Facilities and the Senior Notes Indentures have resulted in substantially all of our consolidated assets being restricted.
As of December 31, 2023, we were in compliance with all applicable financial debt covenants under the Credit Facilities, the TH Facility, RE Facility and the Senior Notes Indentures, and there were no limitations on our ability to draw on the remaining availability under our Revolving Credit Facility.
Cash Dividends
On January 4, 2024, we paid a dividend of $0.55 per common share and Partnership made a distribution in respect of each Partnership exchangeable unit in the amount of $0.55 per Partnership exchangeable unit.
On February 13, 2024, we announced that the board of directors had declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.58 per common share for the first quarter of 2024, payable on April 4, 2024 to common shareholders of record on March 21, 2024. Partnership will also make a distribution in respect of each Partnership exchangeable unit in the amount of $0.58 per Partnership exchangeable unit, and the record date and payment date for distributions on Partnership exchangeable units are the same as the record date and payment date set forth above.
We are targeting a total of $2.32 in declared dividends per common share and distributions in respect of each Partnership exchangeable unit for 2024.
Because we are a holding company, our ability to pay cash dividends on our common shares may be limited by restrictions under our debt agreements. Although we do not have a formal dividend policy, our board of directors may, subject to compliance with the covenants contained in our debt agreements and other considerations, determine to pay dividends in the future.
Outstanding Security Data
As of February 14, 2024, we had outstanding 313,350,086 common shares and one special voting share. The special voting share is held by a trustee, entitling the trustee to that number of votes on matters on which holders of common shares are entitled to vote equal to the number of Partnership exchangeable units outstanding. The trustee is required to cast such votes in accordance with voting instructions provided by holders of Partnership exchangeable units. At any shareholder meeting of the Company, holders of our common shares vote together as a single class with the special voting share except as otherwise provided by law. For information on our share-based compensation and our outstanding equity awards, see Note 13 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of our Annual Report.
There were 133,597,764 Partnership exchangeable units outstanding as of February 14, 2024. The holders of Partnership exchangeable units have the right to require Partnership to exchange all or any portion of such holder’s Partnership exchangeable units for our common shares at a ratio of one share for each Partnership exchangeable unit, subject to our right as the general partner of Partnership to determine to settle any such exchange for a cash payment in lieu of our common shares.
Comparative Cash Flows
Operating Activities
Cash provided by operating activities was $1,323 million in 2023, compared to $1,490 million in 2022. The decrease in cash provided by operating activities was driven by an increase in interest payments, an increase in cash used for working capital, an increase in income tax payments, and a decrease in BK segment income, partially offset by increases in INTL, TH, PLK and FHS segment income.
Cash provided by operating activities was $1,490 million in 2022, compared to $1,726 million in 2021. The decrease in cash provided by operating activities was driven by a decrease in cash provided by working capital, an increase in interest payments, an increase in income tax payments, and a decrease in BK segment income, partially offset by increases in TH, FHS, PLK and INTL segment income.
Investing Activities
Cash provided by investing activities was $11 million in 2023, compared to cash used for investing activities of $64 million in 2022. This change was primarily driven by an increase in net proceeds from derivatives, a decrease in payments for other investing activities, the non-recurrence of payments in connection with the acquisition of Firehouse Subs in the prior year, and an increase in net proceeds from disposal of assets, partially offset by an increase in capital expenditures.
Cash used for investing activities was $64 million in 2022, compared to $1,103 million in 2021. The change in cash used for investing activities was primarily driven by the Firehouse Subs acquisition in 2021, partially offset by an increase in proceeds from derivatives.
Financing Activities
Cash used for financing activities was $1,374 million in 2023, compared to $1,307 million in 2022. The change in cash used for financing activities was driven primarily by an increase in RBI share repurchases, payment of financing costs in the current year, the non-recurrence of proceeds from issuance of RBI common shares and an increase in payment of dividends and distributions. These factors were partially offset by an increase in proceeds from derivatives, an increase in proceeds from long-term debt, and an increase in proceeds from stock option exercises.
Cash used for financing activities was $1,307 million in 2022, compared to $1,093 million in 2021. The change in cash used for financing activities was driven primarily by a decrease in proceeds from the issuance of debt and a decrease in proceeds from stock option exercises. These factors were partially offset by a decrease in repayments of debt and finance leases, a decrease in repurchases of RBI common shares, proceeds from derivatives in the current year compared to payments from derivatives in the prior year, and proceeds from issuance of RBI common shares in the current year.
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
Our significant contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2023 include:
Debt Obligations and Interest Payments — Refer to Note 8, “Long-Term Debt,” of the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of our Annual Report for further information on our obligations and the timing of expected payments. Future interest payments on our outstanding debt as of December 31, 2023 total $4,355 million, with $759 million due within the next twelve months. We have estimated our interest payments through the maturity of our Credit Facilities based on SOFR as of December 31, 2023.
Operating and Finance Leases — Refer to Note 9, “Leases,” of the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of our Annual Report for further information on our obligations and the timing of expected payments.
Purchase Commitments — Purchase obligations include commitments to purchase green coffee, certain food ingredients, advertising expenditures, and obligations related to information technology and service agreements. We have purchase obligations of approximately $542 million at December 31, 2023, with approximately $530 million due within the next 12 months.
Unrecognized Tax Benefit — Our contractual obligations and commitments include approximately $69 million of gross liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits and accrued interest and penalties relating to various tax positions we have taken. These liabilities may increase or decrease over time primarily as a result of tax examinations, and given the status of the examinations, we cannot reliably estimate the period of any cash settlement with the respective taxing authorities. For additional information on unrecognized tax benefits, see Note 10, “Income Taxes”, of the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of our Annual Report.
Other Commercial Commitments and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
From time to time, we enter into agreements under which we guarantee loans made by third parties to qualified franchisees. As of December 31, 2023, no material amounts are outstanding under these guarantees.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
This discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based on our audited consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires our management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses, as well as related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. We evaluate our estimates on an ongoing basis and we base our estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions we deem reasonable to the situation. These estimates and assumptions form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. As future events and their effects cannot be determined with precision, actual results could differ significantly from these estimates. Changes in our estimates could materially impact our results of operations and financial condition in any particular period.
We consider our critical accounting policies and estimates to be as follows based on the high degree of judgment or complexity in their application:
Business Combinations
Business acquisitions are accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting, or acquisition accounting, in accordance with ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations. The acquisition method of accounting involves the allocation of the purchase price to the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. This allocation process involves the use of estimates and assumptions made in connection with estimating the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed including cash flows expected to be derived from the use of the asset, the timing of such cash flows, the remaining useful life of assets and applicable discount rates. Acquisition accounting allows for up to one year to obtain the information necessary to finalize the fair value of all assets acquired and liabilities assumed.
In the event that actual results vary from the estimates or assumptions used in the valuation or allocation process, we may be required to record an impairment charge or an increase in depreciation or amortization in future periods, or both.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets Not Subject to Amortization
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in acquisitions. Our indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of the Tim Hortons brand, the Burger King brand, the Popeyes brand and the Firehouse Subs brand (each a “Brand” and together, the “Brands”). Goodwill and the Brands are tested for impairment at least annually as of October 1 of each year and more often if an event occurs or circumstances change, which indicate impairment might exist. Our annual impairment tests of goodwill and the Brands may be completed through qualitative assessments. We may elect to bypass the qualitative assessment and proceed directly to a quantitative impairment test, for any reporting unit or Brand, in any period. We can resume the qualitative assessment for any reporting unit or Brand in any subsequent period.
Under a qualitative approach, our impairment review for goodwill consists of an assessment of whether it is more-likely-than-not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount. If we elect to bypass the qualitative assessment for any reporting units, or if a qualitative assessment indicates it is more-likely-than-not that the estimated carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, we perform a quantitative goodwill impairment test that requires us to estimate the fair value of the reporting unit. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we will measure any goodwill impairment loss as the amount by which the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. We use an income approach and a market approach, when available, to estimate a reporting unit’s fair value, which discounts the reporting unit’s projected cash flows using a discount rate we determine from a market participant's perspective under the income approach or utilizing similar publicly traded companies as guidelines for determining fair value under the market approach. We make significant assumptions when estimating a reporting unit’s projected cash flows, including revenue, driven primarily by net restaurant growth, comparable sales growth and average royalty rates, general and administrative expenses, capital expenditures and income tax rates.
Under a qualitative approach, our impairment review for the Brands consists of an assessment of whether it is more-likely-than-not that a Brand’s fair value is less than its carrying amount. If we elect to bypass the qualitative assessment for any of our Brands, or if a qualitative assessment indicates it is more-likely-than-not that the estimated carrying value of a Brand exceeds its fair value, we estimate the fair value of the Brand and compare it to its carrying amount. If the carrying amount exceeds fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. We use an income approach to estimate a Brand’s fair value, which discounts the projected Brand-related cash flows using a discount rate we determine from a market participant's perspective. We make significant assumptions when estimating Brand-related cash flows, including system-wide
sales, driven by net restaurant growth and comparable sales growth, average royalty rates, brand maintenance costs and income tax rates.
We completed our impairment reviews for goodwill and the Brands as of October 1, 2023, 2022 and 2021 and no impairment resulted. The estimates and assumptions we use to estimate fair values when performing quantitative assessments are highly subjective judgments based on our experience and knowledge of our operations. Significant changes in the assumptions used in our analysis could result in an impairment charge related to goodwill or the Brands. Circumstances that could result in changes to future estimates and assumptions include, but are not limited to, expectations of lower system-wide sales growth, which can be caused by a variety of factors, increases in income tax rates and increases in discount rates.
Long-lived Assets
Long-lived assets (including intangible assets subject to amortization and lease right-of-use assets) are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Long-lived assets are grouped for recognition and measurement of impairment at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets.
The impairment test for long-lived assets requires us to assess the recoverability of our long-lived assets by comparing their net carrying value to the sum of undiscounted estimated future cash flows directly associated with and arising from our use and eventual disposition of the assets. If the net carrying value of a group of long-lived assets exceeds the sum of related undiscounted estimated future cash flows, we would be required to record an impairment charge equal to the excess, if any, of net carrying value over fair value.
When assessing the recoverability of our long-lived assets, we make assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows and other factors. Some of these assumptions involve a high degree of judgment and also bear a significant impact on the assessment conclusions. Included among these assumptions are estimating undiscounted future cash flows, including the projection of rental income, capital requirements for maintaining property and residual values of asset groups. We formulate estimates from historical experience and assumptions of future performance, based on business plans and forecasts, recent economic and business trends, and competitive conditions. In the event that our estimates or related assumptions change in the future, we may be required to record an impairment charge.
Accounting for Income Taxes
We record income tax liabilities utilizing known obligations and estimates of potential obligations. A deferred tax asset or liability is recognized whenever there are future tax effects from existing temporary differences and operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards. When considered necessary, we record a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the balance that is more-likely-than-not to be realized. We must make estimates and judgments on future taxable income, considering feasible tax planning strategies and taking into account existing facts and circumstances, to determine the proper valuation allowance. When we determine that deferred tax assets could be realized in greater or lesser amounts than recorded, the asset balance and income statement reflect the change in the period such determination is made. Due to changes in facts and circumstances and the estimates and judgments that are involved in determining the proper valuation allowance, differences between actual future events and prior estimates and judgments could result in adjustments to this valuation allowance.
On December 28, 2021, the U.S. Treasury Department released final regulations (T.D. 9959, published in the Federal Register on January 4, 2022) restricting the ability to credit certain foreign taxes, applicable prospectively starting January 1, 2022. Due to these new regulations, we released a portion of the valuation allowance on our foreign tax credit carryforwards during 2022. Based on our current analysis, we do not expect these regulations to have a material, ongoing impact as we anticipate being in an excess credit position prospectively. On November 18, 2022, the U.S. Treasury Department released proposed regulations including additional guidance with respect to the reattribution asset rule for purposes of allocating and apportioning foreign taxes, the cost recovery requirement, and the attribution rule for withholding taxes on royalty payments. We will continue to evaluate the potential effect of these proposed regulations as further guidance becomes available.
We file income tax returns, including returns for our subsidiaries, with federal, provincial, state, local and foreign jurisdictions. We are subject to routine examination by taxing authorities in these jurisdictions. We apply a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate available evidence to determine if it appears more-likely-than-not that an uncertain tax position will be sustained on an audit by a taxing authority, based solely on the technical merits of the tax position. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settling the uncertain tax position.
Although we believe we have adequately accounted for our uncertain tax positions, from time to time, audits result in proposed assessments where the ultimate resolution may result in us owing additional taxes. We adjust our uncertain tax positions in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the completion of a tax audit, expiration of a statute of limitations, the refinement of an estimate, and interest accruals associated with uncertain tax positions until they are resolved. We believe that our tax positions comply with applicable tax law and that we have adequately provided for these matters. However, to the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will impact the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made.
We are generally permanently reinvested on any potential outside basis differences except for unremitted earnings and profits and thus do not record a deferred tax liability for such outside basis differences. To the extent of unremitted earnings and profits, we generally review various factors including, but not limited to, forecasts and budgets of financial needs of cash for working capital, liquidity and expected cash requirements to fund our various obligations and record deferred taxes to the extent we expect to distribute. We will continue to monitor available evidence and our plans for foreign earnings and expect to continue to provide any applicable deferred taxes based on the tax liability or withholding taxes that would be due upon repatriation of amounts not considered permanently reinvested.
We use an estimate of the annual effective income tax rate at each interim period based on the facts and circumstances available at that time, while the actual effective income tax rate is calculated at year-end.
See Note 10, “Income Taxes,” of the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of our Annual Report for additional information about accounting for income taxes.
New Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 2, “Significant Accounting Policies – New Accounting Pronouncements,” of the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of our Annual Report for additional information about new accounting pronouncements.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Market Risk
We are exposed to market risks associated with currency exchange rates, interest rates, commodity prices and inflation. In the normal course of business and in accordance with our policies, we manage these risks through a variety of strategies, which may include the use of derivative financial instruments to hedge our underlying exposures. Our policies prohibit the use of derivative instruments for speculative purposes, and we have procedures in place to monitor and control their use.
Currency Exchange Risk
We report our results in U.S. dollars, which is our reporting currency. Our operations that are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are impacted by fluctuations in currency exchange rates and changes in currency regulations. The majority of TH’s operations, income, revenues, expenses and cash flows are denominated in Canadian dollars, which we translate to U.S. dollars for financial reporting purposes. Royalty payments from INTL franchisees in our European markets and in certain other countries are denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars. Furthermore, franchise royalties from non U.S. franchisees are calculated based on local currency sales; consequently, franchise revenues are still impacted by fluctuations in currency exchange rates. Each of their respective revenues and expenses are translated using the average rates during the period in which they are recognized and are impacted by changes in currency exchange rates.
We have numerous investments in our foreign subsidiaries, the net assets of which are exposed to volatility in foreign currency exchange rates. We have entered into cross-currency rate swaps to hedge a portion of our net investment in such foreign operations against adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates. We designated cross-currency rate swaps with a notional value of $5,000 million between Canadian dollar and U.S. dollar and cross-currency rate swaps with a notional value of $2,750 million between the Euro and U.S. dollar, as net investment hedges of a portion of our equity in foreign operations in those currencies. The fair value of the cross-currency rate swaps is calculated each period with changes in the fair value of these instruments reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”) to economically offset the change in the value of the net investment in these designated foreign operations driven by changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The net fair value of these derivative instruments was a liability of $220 million as of December 31, 2023. The net unrealized loss, net of tax, related to these derivative instruments included in AOCI totaled $265 million as of December 31, 2023. Such amounts will remain in AOCI until the complete or substantially complete liquidation of our investment in the underlying foreign operations.
We use forward currency contracts to manage the impact of foreign exchange fluctuations on U.S. dollar purchases and payments, such as coffee purchases, made by our TH Canadian operations. However, for a variety of reasons, we do not hedge our revenue exposure in other currencies. Therefore, we are exposed to volatility in those other currencies, and this volatility may differ from period to period. As a result, the foreign currency impact on our operating results for one period may not be indicative of future results.
During 2023, income from operations would have decreased or increased approximately $114 million if all foreign currencies uniformly weakened or strengthened 10% relative to the U.S. dollar, holding other variables constant, including sales volumes. The effect of a uniform movement of all currencies by 10% is provided to illustrate a hypothetical scenario and related effect on operating income. Actual results will differ as foreign currencies may move in uniform or different directions and in different magnitudes.
Interest Rate Risk
We are exposed to changes in interest rates related to our Term Loan Facilities and Revolving Credit Facility, which bear interest at SOFR plus a spread, subject to a SOFR floor. Generally, interest rate changes could impact the amount of our interest paid and, therefore, our future earnings and cash flows, assuming other factors are held constant. To mitigate the impact of changes in SOFR on interest expense for a portion of our variable rate debt, we have entered into interest rate swaps. We account for these derivatives as cash flow hedges, and as such, the unrealized changes in market value are recorded in AOCI and reclassified into earnings during the period in which the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. At December 31, 2023, we had a series of receive-variable, pay-fixed interest rate swaps to hedge the variability in the interest payments on $4,000 million of our Term Loan Facilities. The total notional value of these interest rate swaps is $4,000 million, of which $3,500 million expire on October 31, 2028 and $500 million expire on September 30, 2026.
Based on the portion of our variable rate debt balance in excess of the notional amount of the interest rate swaps and SOFR as of December 31, 2023, a hypothetical 1.00% increase in SOFR would increase our annual interest paid by approximately $25 million.
Commodity Price Risk
We purchase certain products, which are subject to price volatility that is caused by weather, market conditions and other factors that are not considered predictable or within our control. However, in our TH business, we employ various purchasing and pricing contract techniques, such as setting fixed prices for periods of up to one year with suppliers, in an effort to minimize volatility of certain of these commodities. Given that we purchase a significant amount of green coffee, we typically have purchase commitments fixing the price for a minimum of six to twelve months depending upon prevailing market conditions. We also typically hedge against the risk of foreign exchange on green coffee prices.
We occasionally take forward pricing positions through our suppliers to manage commodity prices. As a result, we purchase commodities and other products at market prices, which fluctuate on a daily basis and may differ between different geographic regions, where local regulations may affect the volatility of commodity prices.
We do not make use of financial instruments to hedge commodity prices. As we make purchases beyond our current commitments, we may be subject to higher commodity prices depending upon prevailing market conditions at such time. Generally, increases and decreases in commodity costs are largely passed through to franchisee owners, resulting in higher or lower revenues and higher or lower costs of sales from our business. These changes may impact percentage margins as many of
these products are typically priced based on a fixed-dollar mark-up. We and our franchisees have some ability to increase product pricing to offset a rise in commodity prices, subject to acceptance by franchisees and guests.
Impact of Inflation
While inflation did not have a material impact on our operations in 2021, inflationary pressures in 2023 and 2022 were significant and may continue going forward. Further significant increases in inflation could affect the global, Canadian and U.S. economies and could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. If several of the various costs in our business experience inflation at the same time, such as commodity price increases beyond our ability to control and increased labor costs, we and our franchisees may not be able to adjust prices to sufficiently offset the effect of the various cost increases without negatively impacting consumer demand.
Disclosures Regarding Partnership Pursuant to Canadian Exemptive Relief
We are the sole general partner of Partnership. To address certain disclosure conditions to the exemptive relief that Partnership received from the Canadian securities regulatory authorities, we are providing a summary of certain terms of the Partnership exchangeable units. This summary is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by the complete text of the Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement, dated December 11, 2014, as amended, between the Company, 8997896 Canada Inc. and each person who is admitted as a Limited Partner in accordance with the terms of the agreement (the “partnership agreement”) and the Voting Trust Agreement, dated December 12, 2014, between the Company, Partnership and Computershare Trust Company of Canada (the “voting trust agreement”), copies of which are available on SEDAR+ at www.sedarplus.ca and at www.sec.gov. For a description of our common shares, see Exhibit 4.1 to this Annual Report.
The Partnership Exchangeable Units
The capital of Partnership consists of three classes of units: the Partnership Class A common units, the Partnership preferred units and the Partnership exchangeable units. Our interest, as the sole general partner of Partnership, is represented by Class A common units and preferred units. The interests of the limited partners is represented by the Partnership exchangeable units.
Summary of Economic and Voting Rights
The Partnership exchangeable units are intended to provide economic rights that are substantially equivalent, and voting rights with respect to us that are equivalent, to the corresponding rights afforded to holders of our common shares. Under the terms of the partnership agreement, the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the Partnership exchangeable units include the following:
•The Partnership exchangeable units are exchangeable at any time, at the option of the holder (the “exchange right”), on a one-for-one basis for our common shares (the “exchanged shares”), subject to our right as the general partner (subject to the approval of the conflicts committee in certain circumstances) to determine to settle any such exchange for a cash payment in lieu of our common shares. If we elect to make a cash payment in lieu of issuing common shares, the amount of the cash payment will be the weighted average trading price of the common shares on the NYSE for the 20 consecutive trading days ending on the last business day prior to the exchange date (the “exchangeable units cash amount”). Written notice of the determination of the form of consideration shall be given to the holder of the Partnership exchangeable units exercising the exchange right no later than ten business days prior to the exchange date.
•If a dividend or distribution has been declared and is payable in respect of our common shares, Partnership will make a distribution in respect of each Partnership exchangeable unit in an amount equal to the dividend or distribution in respect of a common share. The record date and payment date for distributions on the Partnership exchangeable units will be the same as the relevant record date and payment date for the dividends or distributions on our common shares.
•If we issue any common shares in the form of a dividend or distribution on our common shares, Partnership will issue to each holder of Partnership exchangeable units, in respect of each exchangeable unit held by such holder, a number of Partnership exchangeable units equal to the number of common shares issued in respect of each common share.
•If we issue or distribute rights, options or warrants or other securities or assets to all or substantially all of the holders of our common shares, Partnership is required to make a corresponding distribution to holders of the Partnership exchangeable units.
•No subdivision or combination of our outstanding common shares is permitted unless a corresponding subdivision or combination of Partnership exchangeable units is made.
•We and our board of directors are prohibited from proposing or recommending an offer for our common shares or for the Partnership exchangeable units unless the holders of the Partnership exchangeable units and the holders of common shares are entitled to participate to the same extent and on an equitably equivalent basis.
•Upon a dissolution and liquidation of Partnership, if Partnership exchangeable units remain outstanding and have not been exchanged for our common shares, then the distribution of the assets of Partnership between holders of our common shares and holders of Partnership exchangeable units will be made on a pro rata basis based on the numbers of common shares and Partnership exchangeable units outstanding. Assets distributable to holders of Partnership exchangeable units will be distributed directly to such holders. Assets distributable in respect of our common shares will be distributed to us. Prior to this pro rata distribution, Partnership is required to pay to us sufficient amounts to fund our expenses or other obligations (to the extent related to our role as the general partner or our business and affairs that are conducted through Partnership or its subsidiaries) to ensure that any property
and cash distributed to us in respect of the common shares will be available for distribution to holders of common shares in an amount per share equal to distributions in respect of each Partnership exchangeable unit. The terms of the Partnership exchangeable units do not provide for an automatic exchange of Partnership exchangeable units into our common shares upon a dissolution or liquidation of Partnership or us.
•Approval of holders of the Partnership exchangeable units is required for an action (such as an amendment to the partnership agreement) that would affect the economic rights of a Partnership exchangeable unit relative to a common share.
•The holders of Partnership exchangeable units are indirectly entitled to vote in respect of matters on which holders of our common shares are entitled to vote, including in respect of the election of our directors, through a special voting share of the Company. The special voting share is held by a trustee, entitling the trustee to that number of votes on matters on which holders of common shares are entitled to vote equal to the number of Partnership exchangeable units outstanding. The trustee is required to cast such votes in accordance with voting instructions provided by holders of Partnership exchangeable units. The trustee will exercise each vote attached to the special voting share only as directed by the relevant holder of Partnership exchangeable units and, in the absence of instructions from a holder of an exchangeable unit as to voting, will not exercise those votes. Except as otherwise required by the partnership agreement, voting trust agreement or applicable law, the holders of the Partnership exchangeable units are not directly entitled to receive notice of or to attend any meeting of the unitholders of Partnership or to vote at any such meeting.
Exercise of Optional Exchange Right
In order to exercise the exchange right referred to above, a holder of Partnership exchangeable units must deliver to Partnership’s transfer agent a duly executed exchange notice together with such additional documents and instruments as the transfer agent and Partnership may reasonably require. The exchange notice must (i) specify the number of Partnership exchangeable units in respect of which the holder is exercising the exchange right and (ii) state the business day on which the holder desires to have Partnership exchange the subject units, provided that the exchange date must not be less than 15 business days nor more than 30 business days after the date on which the exchange notice is received by Partnership. If no exchange date is specified in an exchange notice, the exchange date will be deemed to be the 15th business day after the date on which the exchange notice is received by Partnership. An exercise of the exchange right may be revoked by the exercising holder by notice in writing given to Partnership before the close of business on the fifth business day immediately preceding the exchange date. On the exchange date at Partnership's option, (i) the Company will deliver or cause the transfer agent to deliver for and on behalf of Partnership, to the relevant holder the applicable number of exchanged shares, or (ii) Partnership will deliver or cause the transfer agent to deliver a cheque representing the applicable exchangeable units cash amount, in each case, less any amounts withheld on account of tax.
Offers for Units or Shares
The partnership agreement contains provisions to the effect that if a take-over bid is made for all of the outstanding Partnership exchangeable units and not less than 90% of the Partnership exchangeable units (other than units of Partnership held at the date of the take-over bid by or on behalf of the offeror or its associates, affiliates or persons acting jointly or in concert with the offeror) are taken up and paid for by the offeror, the offeror will be entitled to acquire the Partnership exchangeable units held by unitholders who did not accept the offer on the terms offered by the offeror. The partnership agreement further provides that for so long as Partnership exchangeable units remain outstanding, (i) we will not propose or recommend a formal bid for our common shares, and no such bid will be effected with the consent or approval of our board of directors, unless holders of Partnership exchangeable units are entitled to participate in the bid to the same extent and on an equitably equivalent basis as the holders of our common shares, and (ii) we will not propose or recommend a formal bid for Partnership exchangeable units, and no such bid will be effected with the consent or approval of our board of directors, unless holders of the Company’s common shares are entitled to participate in the bid to the same extent and on an equitably equivalent basis as the holders of Partnership exchangeable units. Canadian securities regulatory authorities may intervene in the public interest (either on application by an interested party or by staff of a Canadian securities regulatory authority) to prevent an offer to holders of our common shares, Preferred Shares or Partnership exchangeable units being made or completed where such offer is abusive of the holders of one of those security classes that are not subject to that offer.
Merger, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets
As long as any Partnership exchangeable units are outstanding, we cannot consummate a transaction in which all or substantially all of our assets would become the property of any other person or entity. This does not apply to a transaction if such other person or entity becomes bound by the partnership agreement and assumes our obligations, as long as the transaction does not impair in any material respect the rights, duties, powers and authorities of other parties to the partnership agreement.
Mandatory Exchange
Partnership may cause a mandatory exchange of the outstanding Partnership exchangeable units into our common shares in the event that (1) at any time there remain outstanding fewer than 5% of the number of Partnership exchangeable units outstanding as of the effective time of the Merger (other than Partnership exchangeable units held by us and our subsidiaries and as such number of Partnership exchangeable units may be adjusted in accordance with the partnership agreement); (2) any one of the following occurs: (i) any person, firm or corporation acquires directly or indirectly any voting security of the Company and immediately after such acquisition, the acquirer has voting securities representing more than 50% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding voting securities of the Company on a fully diluted basis, (ii) our shareholders shall approve a merger, consolidation, recapitalization or reorganization of the Company, other than any transaction which would result in the holders of outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction having at least a majority of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such transaction, with the voting power of each such continuing holder relative to other continuing holders not being altered substantially in the transaction; or (iii) our shareholders shall approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition of the Company of all or substantially all of our assets, provided that, in each case, we, in our capacity as the general partner of Partnership, determine, in good faith and in our sole discretion, that such transaction involves a bona fide third-party and is not for the primary purpose of causing the exchange of the Partnership exchangeable units in connection with such transaction; or (3) a matter arises in respect of which applicable law provides holders of Partnership exchangeable units with a vote as holders of units of Partnership in order to approve or disapprove, as applicable, any change to, or in the rights of the holders of, the Partnership exchangeable units, where the approval or disapproval, as applicable, of such change would be required to maintain the economic equivalence of the Partnership exchangeable units and our common shares, and the holders of the Partnership exchangeable units fail to take the necessary action at a meeting or other vote of holders of Partnership exchangeable units to approve or disapprove, as applicable, such matter in order to maintain economic equivalence of the Partnership exchangeable units and our common shares.
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
Certain information contained in our Annual Report, including information regarding future financial performance and plans, targets, aspirations, expectations, and objectives of management, constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and forward-looking information within the meaning of the Canadian securities laws. We refer to all of these as forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are forward-looking in nature and, accordingly, are subject to risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements can generally be identified by the use of words such as “believe”, “anticipate”, “expect”, “intend”, “estimate”, “plan”, “continue”, “will”, “may”, “could”, “would”, “target”, “potential” and other similar expressions and include, without limitation, statements regarding our expectations or beliefs regarding (i) our ability to become one of the most efficient franchised QSR operators in the world; (ii) the domestic and international growth opportunities for the Tim Hortons, Burger King, Popeyes and Firehouse Subs brands, both in existing and new markets; (iii) our ability to accelerate international development through joint venture structures and master franchise and development agreements and the impact on future growth and profitability of our brands; (iv) the impact of our strategies on the growth of our Tim Hortons, Burger King, Popeyes and Firehouse Subs brands and our profitability; (v) our commitment to technology and innovation, our continued investment in our technology capabilities and our plans and strategies with respect to digital sales, our information systems and technology offerings and investments; (vi) the correlation between our sales, guest traffic and profitability to consumer discretionary spending and the factors that influence spending; (vii) our ability to drive traffic, expand our customer base and allow restaurants to expand into new dayparts through new product innovation; (viii) the benefits accrued from sharing and leveraging best practices among our Tim Hortons, Burger King, Popeyes and Firehouse Subs brands; (ix) the drivers of the long-term success for and competitive position of each of our brands as well as increased sales and profitability of our franchisees; (x) the impact of our cost management initiatives at each of our brands; (xi) the continued use of certain franchise incentives including contributions toward the cost of restaurant remodeling, their impact on our financial results and our ability to mitigate such impact; (xii) our expectation that we will continue to enter into master franchise agreements or development agreements in our INTL segment; (xiii) our expectation that the Carrols transaction will be completed in the second quarter of 2024; (xiv) the impact of increases in inflation, foreign exchange volatility, rising interest rates and general softening in the consumer spending environment and its potential to adversely impact our business, results of operations, liquidity, prospects and restaurant operations and those of our franchisees; (xv) our digital and marketing initiatives for all four brands, including the success of our “Reclaim the Flame”, initiative on sales growth and franchisee profitability; (xvi) our future financial obligations, including annual debt service requirements, capital expenditures and dividend payments, our ability to meet such obligations and the source of funds used to satisfy such obligations; (xvii) our future uses of liquidity, including dividend payments and share repurchases; (xviii) our exposure to changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates and the impact of changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates on the amount of our interest payments, future earnings and cash flows; (xix) our tax positions and their compliance with applicable tax laws; (xx) certain accounting matters, including the impact of changes in accounting standards; (xxi) certain tax matters, including our estimates with respect to tax matters and their impact on future periods, and any costs associated with contesting tax liabilities; (xxii) our goals with respect to reduction in greenhouse gas emissions; (xxiii) the impact of governmental regulation, both domestically and internationally, on our business and financial and operational results; (xxiv) the adequacy of our facilities to meet our current requirements; (xxv) certain litigation matters; (xxxvi) our target total dividend for 2024; (xxvii) our sustainability initiatives and the impact of government sustainability regulation and initiatives; and (xxviii) the impact of the conflicts between Russia and Ukraine and in the Middle East.
Our forward-looking statements, included in this Annual Report and elsewhere, represent management’s expectations as of the date that they are made. Our forward-looking statements are based on assumptions and analyses made by us in light of its experience and its perception of historical trends, current conditions and expected future developments, as well as other factors it believes are appropriate in the circumstances. However, these forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties and actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied in such statements. Important factors that could cause actual results, level of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements include, among other things, risks related to: (1) our substantial indebtedness, which could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations; (2) global economic or other business conditions that may affect the desire or ability of our customers to purchase our products, such as inflationary pressures, high unemployment levels, declines in median income growth, consumer confidence and consumer discretionary spending and changes in consumer perceptions of dietary health and food safety; (3) our relationship with, and the success of, our franchisees and risks related to our nearly fully franchised business model; (4) our franchisees' financial stability and their ability to access and maintain the liquidity necessary to operate their businesses; (5) our supply chain operations; (6) our ownership and leasing of real estate; (7) the effectiveness of our marketing, advertising and digital programs and franchisee support of these programs; (8) significant and rapid fluctuations in interest rates and in the currency exchange markets and the effectiveness of our hedging activity; (9) our ability to successfully implement our domestic and international growth strategy for each of our brands and risks related to our international operations; (10) our reliance on franchisees, including
subfranchisees to accelerate restaurant growth; (11) risks related to unforeseen events such as pandemics; (12) the ability of the counterparties to our credit facilities’ and derivatives’ to fulfill their commitments and/or obligations; (13) changes in applicable tax laws or interpretations thereof, and our ability to accurately interpret and predict the impact of such changes or interpretations on our financial condition and results; (14) evolving legislation and regulations in the area of franchise and labor and employment law; (15) our ability to address environmental and social sustainability issues; (16) risks related to the conflict between Russia and Ukraine, and the conflict in the Middle East; and (17) regulatory approvals of the acquisition of Carrols.
We operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment and our inability to successfully manage any of the above risks may permit our competitors to increase their market share and may decrease our profitability. New risk factors emerge from time to time and it is not possible for our management to predict all risk factors, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.
Although we believe the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, level of activity, performance or achievements. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of any of these forward-looking statements. You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Finally, our future results will depend upon various other risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, those detailed in the section entitled “Item 1A - Risk Factors” of this Annual Report as well as other materials that we from time to time file with, or furnish to, the SEC or file with Canadian securities regulatory authorities. All forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements in this section and elsewhere in this Annual Report. Other than as required under securities laws, we do not assume a duty to update these forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, subsequent events or circumstances, changes in expectations or otherwise.
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
RESTAURANT BRANDS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management is responsible for the preparation, integrity and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements, related notes and other information included in this annual report. The consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and include certain amounts based on management’s estimates and assumptions. Other financial information presented in the annual report is derived from the consolidated financial statements.
Management is also responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, and for performing an assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Our system of internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.
Management performed an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023 based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on our assessment and those criteria, management determined that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2023.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023 has been audited by KPMG LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in its report which is included herein.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholders and Board of Directors
Restaurant Brands International Inc.:
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Restaurant Brands International Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2023, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2023, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated February 22, 2024 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of a critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Gross unrecognized tax benefits
As discussed in Notes 2 and 10 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company records a liability for unrecognized tax benefits associated with uncertain tax positions. The Company recognizes tax benefits from tax positions only if there is more than a 50% likelihood that the tax positions will be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the positions. As of December 31, 2023, the Company has recorded gross unrecognized tax benefits, excluding associated interest and penalties, of $58 million.
We identified the assessment of gross unrecognized tax benefits resulting from certain tax planning strategies implemented during the year as a critical audit matter. Identifying and determining uncertain tax positions arising from implementing tax planning strategies involved a number of judgments and assumptions, which included complex considerations of tax law. As a result, subjective and complex auditor judgment, including the involvement of tax professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, was required to evaluate the Company’s interpretation of tax law and its determination of which tax positions have more than a 50% likelihood of being sustained upon examination.
The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the Company’s gross unrecognized tax benefits process, including controls related to 1) interpreting tax law, 2) identifying significant uncertain tax positions arising from tax planning strategies that were implemented during the year, 3) evaluating the tax consequences of the related strategies, and 4) evaluating which of the Company’s tax positions may not be sustained upon examination. In addition, we involved tax professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in:
•obtaining an understanding of the Company’s tax planning strategies
•evaluating the Company’s interpretation of the relevant tax laws by developing an independent assessment
•evaluating the Company’s identification of uncertain tax positions to assess the tax consequences of these related tax positions
•performing an independent assessment of the Company’s tax positions and comparing our assessment to the Company’s assessment.
(signed) KPMG LLP
We have served as the Company's auditor since 1989.
Miami, Florida
February 22, 2024
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholders and Board of Directors
Restaurant Brands International Inc.:
Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We have audited Restaurant Brands International Inc. and subsidiaries’ (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2023, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements), and our report dated February 22, 2024 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
(signed) KPMG LLP
Miami, Florida
February 22, 2024
RESTAURANT BRANDS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In millions of U.S. dollars, except share data)
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| As of December 31, |
| 2023 | | 2022 |
ASSETS | | | |
Current assets: | | | |
Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 1,139 | | | $ | 1,178 | |
Accounts and notes receivable, net of allowance of $37 and $36, respectively | 749 | | | 614 | |
Inventories, net | 166 | | | 133 | |
Prepaids and other current assets | 119 | | | 123 | |
Total current assets | 2,173 | | | 2,048 | |
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $1,187 and $1,061, respectively | 1,952 | | | 1,950 | |
Operating lease assets, net | 1,122 | | | 1,082 | |
Intangible assets, net | 11,107 | | | 10,991 | |
Goodwill | 5,775 | | | 5,688 | |
| | | |
Other assets, net | 1,262 | | | 987 | |
Total assets | $ | 23,391 | | | $ | 22,746 | |
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY | | | |
Current liabilities: | | | |
Accounts and drafts payable | $ | 790 | | | $ | 758 | |
Other accrued liabilities | 1,005 | | | 1,001 | |
Gift card liability | 248 | | | 230 | |
Current portion of long-term debt and finance leases | 101 | | | 127 | |
Total current liabilities | 2,144 | | | 2,116 | |
Long-term debt, net of current portion | 12,854 | | | 12,839 | |
Finance leases, net of current portion | 312 | | | 311 | |
Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion | 1,059 | | | 1,027 | |
Other liabilities, net | 996 | | | 872 | |
Deferred income taxes, net | 1,296 | | | 1,313 | |
Total liabilities | 18,661 | | | 18,478 | |
Commitments and contingencies (Note 16) | | | |
Shareholders’ equity: | | | |
Common shares, no par value; Unlimited shares authorized at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022; 312,454,851 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2023; 307,142,436 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2022 | 1,973 | | | 2,057 | |
Retained earnings | 1,599 | | | 1,121 | |
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) | (706) | | | (679) | |
Total Restaurant Brands International Inc. shareholders’ equity | 2,866 | | | 2,499 | |
Noncontrolling interests | 1,864 | | | 1,769 | |
Total shareholders’ equity | 4,730 | | | 4,268 | |
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity | $ | 23,391 | | | $ | 22,746 | |
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
Approved on behalf of the Board of Directors:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
By: | | /s/ J. Patrick Doyle | | By: | | /s/ Ali Hedayat |
| | J. Patrick Doyle, Executive Chairman | | | | Ali Hedayat, Director |
RESTAURANT BRANDS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(In millions of U.S. dollars, except per share data)
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
Revenues: | | | | | |
Sales | $ | 2,950 | | | $ | 2,819 | | | $ | 2,378 | |
Franchise and property revenues | 2,903 | | | 2,661 | | | 2,443 | |
Advertising revenues and other services | 1,169 | | | 1,025 | | | 918 | |
Total revenues | 7,022 | | | 6,505 | | | 5,739 | |
Operating costs and expenses: | | | | | |
Cost of sales | 2,435 | | | 2,312 | | | 1,890 | |
Franchise and property expenses | 512 | | | 518 | | | 489 | |
Advertising expenses and other services | 1,273 | | | 1,077 | | | 986 | |
General and administrative expenses | 704 | | | 631 | | | 484 | |
(Income) loss from equity method investments | (8) | | | 44 | | | 4 | |
Other operating expenses (income), net | 55 | | | 25 | | | 7 | |
Total operating costs and expenses | 4,971 | | | 4,607 | | | 3,860 | |
Income from operations | 2,051 | | | 1,898 | | | 1,879 | |
Interest expense, net | 582 | | | 533 | | | 505 | |
Loss on early extinguishment of debt | 16 | | | — | | | 11 | |
Income before income taxes | 1,453 | | | 1,365 | | | 1,363 | |
Income tax (benefit) expense | (265) | | | (117) | | | 110 | |
Net income | 1,718 | | | 1,482 | | | 1,253 | |
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests (Note 12) | 528 | | | 474 | | | 415 | |
Net income attributable to common shareholders | $ | 1,190 | | | $ | 1,008 | | | $ | 838 | |
Earnings per common share: | | | | | |
Basic | $ | 3.82 | | | $ | 3.28 | | | $ | 2.71 | |
Diluted | $ | 3.76 | | | $ | 3.25 | | | $ | 2.69 | |
Weighted average shares outstanding (in millions): | | | | | |
Basic | 312 | | | 307 | | | 310 | |
Diluted | 456 | | | 455 | | | 464 | |
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
RESTAURANT BRANDS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(In millions of U.S. dollars)
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
Net income | $ | 1,718 | | | $ | 1,482 | | | $ | 1,253 | |
| | | | | |
Foreign currency translation adjustment | 250 | | | (703) | | | (67) | |
Net change in fair value of net investment hedges, net of tax of $(22), $(77), and $15 | (232) | | | 332 | | | 111 | |
Net change in fair value of cash flow hedges, net of tax of $(10), $(141), and $(36) | 29 | | | 382 | | | 96 | |
Amounts reclassified to earnings of cash flow hedges, net of tax of $24, $(12), and $(36) | (66) | | | 34 | | | 96 | |
Gain (loss) recognized on defined benefit pension plans and other items, net of tax of $(2), $(2), and $(3) | 7 | | | 6 | | | 15 | |
Other comprehensive income (loss) | (12) | | | 51 | | | 251 | |
Comprehensive income (loss) | 1,706 | | | 1,533 | | | 1,504 | |
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests | 525 | | | 490 | | | 499 | |
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to common shareholders | $ | 1,181 | | | $ | 1,043 | | | $ | 1,005 | |
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
RESTAURANT BRANDS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity
(In millions of U.S. dollars, except shares)
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Issued Common Shares | | Retained Earnings | | Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) | | Noncontrolling Interests | | Total |
| Shares | | Amount | |
Balances at December 31, 2020 | 304,718,749 | | | $ | 2,399 | | | $ | 622 | | | $ | (854) | | | $ | 1,554 | | | $ | 3,721 | |
Stock option exercises | 1,594,146 | | | 60 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 60 | |
Share-based compensation | — | | | 88 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 88 | |
Issuance of shares | 1,839,941 | | | 12 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 12 | |
Dividends declared on common shares ($2.12 per share) | — | | | — | | | (658) | | | — | | | — | | | (658) | |
Dividend equivalents declared on restricted stock units | — | | | 11 | | | (11) | | | — | | | — | | | — | |
Distributions declared by Partnership on partnership exchangeable units ($2.12 per unit) | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (318) | | | (318) | |
Repurchase of RBI common shares | (9,247,648) | | | (551) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (551) | |
Exchange of Partnership exchangeable units for RBI common shares | 10,119,880 | | | 137 | | | — | | | (23) | | | (114) | | | — | |
Restaurant VIE contributions (distributions) | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (5) | | | (5) | |
Net income | — | | | — | | | 838 | | | — | | | 415 | | | 1,253 | |
Other comprehensive income (loss) | — | | | — | | | — | | | 167 | | | 84 | | | 251 | |
Balances at December 31, 2021 | 309,025,068 | | | $ | 2,156 | | | $ | 791 | | | $ | (710) | | | $ | 1,616 | | | $ | 3,853 | |
Stock option exercises | 483,980 | | | 21 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 21 | |
Share-based compensation | — | | | 121 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 121 | |
Issuance of shares | 1,737,934 | | | 43 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 43 | |
Dividends declared on common shares ($2.16 per share) | — | | | — | | | (664) | | | — | | | — | | | (664) | |
Dividend equivalents declared on restricted stock units | — | | | 14 | | | (14) | | | — | | | — | | | — | |
Distributions declared by Partnership on partnership exchangeable units ($2.16 per units) | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (309) | | | (309) | |
Repurchase of RBI common shares | (6,101,364) | | | (326) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (326) | |
Exchange of Partnership exchangeable units for RBI common shares | 1,996,818 | | | 28 | | | — | | | (4) | | | (24) | | | — | |
Restaurant VIE contributions (distributions) | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (4) | | | (4) | |
Net income | — | | | — | | | 1,008 | | | — | | | 474 | | | 1,482 | |
Other comprehensive income (loss) | — | | | — | | | — | | | 35 | | | 16 | | | 51 | |
Balances at December 31, 2022 | 307,142,436 | | | $ | 2,057 | | | $ | 1,121 | | | $ | (679) | | | $ | 1,769 | | | $ | 4,268 | |
Stock option exercises | 1,260,109 | | | 60 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 60 | |
Share-based compensation | — | | | 177 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 177 | |
Issuance of shares | 2,292,567 | | | 15 | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | 15 | |
Dividends declared on common shares ($2.20 per share) | — | | | — | | | (691) | | | — | | | — | | | (691) | |
Dividend equivalents declared on restricted stock units | — | | | 21 | | | (21) | | | — | | | — | | | — | |
Distributions declared by Partnership on partnership exchangeable units ($2.20 per unit) | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (302) | | | (302) | |
Repurchase of RBI common shares | (7,639,137) | | | (500) | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (500) | |
Exchange of Partnership exchangeable units for RBI common shares | 9,398,876 | | | 143 | | | — | | | (18) | | | (125) | | | — | |
Restaurant VIE contributions (distributions) | — | | | — | | | — | | | — | | | (3) | | | (3) | |
Net income | — | | | — | | | 1,190 | | | — | | | 528 | | | 1,718 | |
Other comprehensive income (loss) | — | | | — | | | — | | | (9) | | | (3) | | | (12) | |
Balances at December 31, 2023 | 312,454,851 | | | $ | 1,973 | | | $ | 1,599 | | | $ | (706) | | | $ | 1,864 | | | $ | 4,730 | |
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
RESTAURANT BRANDS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In millions of U.S. dollars)
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
Cash flows from operating activities: | | | | | |
Net income | $ | 1,718 | | | $ | 1,482 | | | $ | 1,253 | |
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: | | | | | |
Depreciation and amortization | 191 | | | 190 | | | 201 | |
Premiums paid and non-cash loss on early extinguishment of debt | 5 | | | — | | | 11 | |
Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt issuance discount | 27 | | | 28 | | | 27 | |
(Income) loss from equity method investments | (8) | | | 44 | | | 4 | |
Loss (gain) on remeasurement of foreign denominated transactions | 20 | | | (4) | | | (76) | |
Net (gains) losses on derivatives | (151) | | | (9) | | | 87 | |
Share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense | 194 | | | 136 | | | 102 | |
Deferred income taxes | (430) | | | (60) | | | (5) | |
Other | 26 | | | 19 | | | (16) | |
Changes in current assets and liabilities, excluding acquisitions and dispositions: | | | | | |
Accounts and notes receivable | (147) | | | (110) | | | 8 | |
Inventories and prepaids and other current assets | (43) | | | (61) | | | 12 | |
Accounts and drafts payable | 22 | | | 169 | | | 149 | |
Other accrued liabilities and gift card liability | 9 | | | 37 | | | 67 | |
Tenant inducements paid to franchisees | (32) | | | (26) | | | (20) | |
Other long-term assets and liabilities | (78) | | | (345) | | | (78) | |
Net cash provided by operating activities | 1,323 | | | 1,490 | | | 1,726 | |
Cash flows from investing activities: | | | | | |
Payments for property and equipment | (120) | | | (100) | | | (106) | |
Net proceeds from disposal of assets, restaurant closures and refranchisings | 37 | | | 12 | | | 16 | |
Net payment for purchase of Firehouse Subs, net of cash acquired | — | | | (12) | | | (1,004) | |
Settlement/sale of derivatives, net | 112 | | | 71 | | | 5 | |
Other investing activities, net | (18) | | | (35) | | | (14) | |
Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities | 11 | | | (64) | | | (1,103) | |
Cash flows from financing activities: | | | | | |
Proceeds from long-term debt | 55 | | | 2 | | | 1,335 | |
Repayments of long-term debt and finance leases | (92) | | | (94) | | | (889) | |
Payment of financing costs | (44) | | | — | | | (19) | |
Payment of dividends on common shares and distributions on Partnership exchangeable units | (990) | | | (971) | | | (974) | |
| | | | | |
Repurchase of common shares | (500) | | | (326) | | | (551) | |
Proceeds from stock option exercises | 60 | | | 21 | | | 60 | |
Proceeds from issuance of common shares | — | | | 30 | | | — | |
Proceeds (payments) from derivatives | 141 | | | 34 | | | (51) | |
Other financing activities, net | (4) | | | (3) | | | (4) | |
Net cash used for financing activities | (1,374) | | | (1,307) | | | (1,093) | |
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents | 1 | | | (28) | | | (3) | |
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents | (39) | | | 91 | | | (473) | |
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period | 1,178 | | | 1,087 | | | 1,560 | |
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period | $ | 1,139 | | | $ | 1,178 | | | $ | 1,087 | |
Supplemental cash flow disclosures: | | | | | |
Interest paid | $ | 761 | | | $ | 487 | | | $ | 404 | |
Income taxes paid, net | $ | 290 | | | $ | 275 | | | $ | 256 | |
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
RESTAURANT BRANDS INTERNATIONAL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 1. Description of Business and Organization
Description of Business
Restaurant Brands International Inc. (the “Company,” “RBI,” “we,” “us” or “our”) is a Canadian corporation that serves as the sole general partner of Restaurant Brands International Limited Partnership (the “Partnership”). We franchise and operate quick service restaurants serving premium coffee and other beverage and food products under the Tim Hortons® brand (“Tim Hortons”), fast food hamburgers principally under the Burger King® brand (“Burger King”), chicken under the Popeyes® brand (“Popeyes”) and sandwiches under the Firehouse Subs® brand (“Firehouse”). We are one of the world’s largest quick service restaurant, or QSR, companies as measured by total number of restaurants. As of December 31, 2023, we franchised or owned 5,833 Tim Hortons restaurants, 19,384 Burger King restaurants, 4,571 Popeyes restaurants, and 1,282 Firehouse Subs restaurants, for a total of 31,070 restaurants, and operate in more than 120 countries and territories. As of December 31, 2023, nearly all of the current system-wide restaurants are franchised.
All references to “$” or “dollars” are to the currency of the United States unless otherwise indicated. All references to “Canadian dollars” or “C$” are to the currency of Canada unless otherwise indicated.
Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies
Fiscal Year
We operate on a monthly calendar, with a fiscal year that ends on December 31.
Basis of Presentation
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) and related rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements (the "Financial Statements") include our accounts and the accounts of entities in which we have a controlling financial interest, the usual condition of which is ownership of a majority voting interest. We also consolidate marketing funds we control. All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Investments in other affiliates that are owned 50% or less where we have significant influence are generally accounted for by the equity method.
We are the sole general partner of Partnership and, as such we have the exclusive right, power and authority to manage, control, administer and operate the business and affairs and to make decisions regarding the undertaking and business of Partnership, subject to the terms of the limited partnership agreement of Partnership (“partnership agreement”) and applicable laws. As a result, we consolidate the results of Partnership and record a noncontrolling interest in our consolidated balance sheets and statements of operations with respect to the remaining economic interest in Partnership we do not hold.
We also consider for consolidation entities in which we have certain interests, where the controlling financial interest may be achieved through arrangements that do not involve voting interests. Such an entity, known as a variable interest entity (“VIE”), is required to be consolidated by its primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary is the entity that possesses the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact its economic performance and has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that are significant to it. Our maximum exposure to loss resulting from involvement with VIEs is attributable to accounts and notes receivable balances, investment balances, outstanding loan guarantees and future lease payments, where applicable.
As our franchise and master franchise arrangements provide the franchise and master franchise entities the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact their economic performance, we do not consider ourselves the primary beneficiary of any such entity that might be a VIE.
Tim Hortons has historically entered into certain arrangements in which an operator acquires the right to operate a restaurant, but Tim Hortons owns the restaurant’s assets. In these arrangements, Tim Hortons has the ability to determine which operators manage the restaurants and for what duration. We perform an analysis to determine if the legal entity in which operations are
conducted is a VIE and consolidate a VIE entity if we also determine Tim Hortons is the entity’s primary beneficiary (“Restaurant VIEs”). As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, we determined that we are the primary beneficiary of 38 and 41 Restaurant VIEs, respectively, and accordingly, have consolidated the results of operations, assets and liabilities, and cash flows of these Restaurant VIEs in our Financial Statements.
Assets and liabilities related to consolidated VIEs are not significant to our total consolidated assets and liabilities. Liabilities recognized as a result of consolidating these VIEs do not necessarily represent additional claims on our general assets; rather, they represent claims against the specific assets of the consolidated VIEs. Conversely, assets recognized as a result of consolidating these VIEs do not represent additional assets that could be used to satisfy claims by our creditors as they are not legally included within our general assets.
Foreign Currency Translation and Transaction Gains and Losses
Our functional currency is the U.S. dollar, since our term loans and senior secured notes are denominated in U.S. dollars, and the principal market for our common shares is the U.S. The functional currency of each of our operating subsidiaries is generally the currency of the economic environment in which the subsidiary primarily does business. Our foreign subsidiaries’ financial statements are translated into U.S. dollars using the foreign exchange rates applicable to the dates of the financial statements. Assets and liabilities are translated using the end-of-period spot foreign exchange rates. Income, expenses and cash flows are translated at the average foreign exchange rates for each period. Equity accounts are translated at historical foreign exchange rates. The effects of these translation adjustments are reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”) in the consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity.
For any transaction that is denominated in a currency different from the entity’s functional currency, we record a gain or loss based on the difference between the foreign exchange rate at the transaction date and the foreign exchange rate at the transaction settlement date (or rate at period end, if unsettled) which is included within other operating expenses (income), net in the consolidated statements of operations.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
All highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less and credit card receivables are considered cash equivalents.
Accounts and Notes Receivable, net
Our credit loss exposure is mainly concentrated in our accounts and notes receivable portfolio, which consists primarily of amounts due from franchisees, including royalties, rents, franchise fees, contributions due to advertising funds we manage and, in the case of our TH segment, amounts due for supply chain sales. Accounts and notes receivable are reported net of an allowance for expected credit losses over the estimated life of the receivable. Credit losses are estimated based on aging, historical collection experience, financial position of the franchisee and other factors, including those related to current economic conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts of future conditions.
Bad debt expense recognized for expected credit losses is classified in our consolidated statement of operations as Cost of sales, Franchise and property expenses or Advertising expenses and other services, based on the nature of the underlying receivable. Net bad debt expense (recoveries) totaled $20 million in 2023, $19 million in 2022 and $(9) million in 2021.
Inventories
Inventories are carried at the lower of cost or net realizable value and consist primarily of raw materials such as green coffee beans and finished goods such as new equipment, parts, paper supplies and restaurant food items. The moving average method is used to determine the cost of raw materials and finished goods inventories held for sale to Tim Hortons franchisees.
Property and Equipment, net
We record property and equipment at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization, which is recognized using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives: (i) buildings and improvements – up to 40 years; (ii) restaurant equipment – up to 17 years; (iii) furniture, fixtures and other – up to 10 years; and (iv) manufacturing equipment – up to 25 years. Leasehold improvements to properties where we are the lessee are amortized over the lesser of the remaining term of the lease or the estimated useful life of the improvement.
Major improvements are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs are expensed when incurred.
Capitalized Software and Cloud Computing Costs
We record capitalized software at historical cost less accumulated amortization, which is recognized using the straight-line method. Amortization expense is based on the estimated useful life of the software, which is primarily up to five years, once the asset is available for its intended use.
Implementation costs incurred in connection with Cloud Computing Arrangements (“CCA”) are capitalized consistently with costs capitalized for internal-use software. Capitalized CCA implementation costs are included in “Other assets” in the consolidated balance sheets and are amortized over the term of the related hosting agreement, including renewal periods that are reasonably certain to be exercised. Amortization expense of CCA implementation costs is classified as “General and administrative expenses” in the consolidated statements of operations.
Leases
In all leases, whether we are the lessor or lessee, we define lease term as the noncancellable term of the lease plus any renewals covered by renewal options that are reasonably certain of exercise based on our assessment of the economic factors relevant to the lessee. The noncancellable term of the lease commences on the date the lessor makes the underlying property in the lease available to the lessee, irrespective of when lease payments begin under the contract.
Lessor Accounting
We recognize lease payments for operating leases as property revenue on a straight-line basis over the lease term, and property revenue is presented net of any related sales tax. Lease incentive payments we make to lessees are amortized as a reduction in property revenue over the lease term. We account for reimbursements of maintenance and property tax costs paid to us by lessees as property revenue.
We also have net investments in properties leased to franchisees, which meet the criteria of sales-type leases or met the criteria of direct financing leases under the previous accounting guidance. Investments in sales-type leases and direct financing leases are recorded on a net basis. Profit on sales-type leases is recognized at lease commencement and recorded in other operating expenses (income), net. Unearned income on direct financing leases is deferred, included in the net investment in the lease, and recognized over the lease term yielding a constant periodic rate of return on the net investment in the lease.
We recognize variable lease payment income in the period when changes in facts and circumstances on which the variable lease payments are based occur.
Lessee Accounting
In leases where we are the lessee, we recognize a right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and lease liability at lease commencement, which are measured by discounting lease payments using our incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate. We determine the incremental borrowing rate applicable to each lease by reference to our outstanding secured borrowings and implied spreads over the risk-free discount rates that correspond to the term of each lease, as adjusted for the currency of the lease. Subsequent amortization of the ROU asset and accretion of the lease liability for an operating lease is recognized as a single lease cost, on a straight-line basis, over the lease term. Reductions of the ROU asset and the change in the lease liability are included in changes in Other long-term assets and liabilities in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.
A finance lease ROU asset is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the useful life of the leased asset or lease term. Interest on each finance lease liability is determined as the amount that results in a constant periodic discount rate on the remaining balance of the liability. Operating lease and finance lease ROU assets are assessed for impairment in accordance with our long-lived asset impairment policy.
We reassess lease classification and remeasure ROU assets and lease liabilities when a lease is modified and that modification is not accounted for as a separate contract or upon certain other events that require reassessment. Maintenance and property tax expenses are accounted for on an accrual basis as variable lease cost.
We recognize variable lease cost in the period when changes in facts and circumstances on which the variable lease payments are based occur.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets Not Subject to Amortization
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with business combination transactions. Our indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of the Tim Hortons brand, the Burger King brand, the Popeyes brand and the Firehouse Subs brand (each a “Brand” and together, the “Brands”). Goodwill and the Brands are tested for impairment at least annually as of October 1 of each year and more often if an event occurs or circumstances change which
indicate impairment might exist. Our annual impairment tests of goodwill and the Brands may be completed through qualitative assessments. We may elect to bypass the qualitative assessment and proceed directly to a quantitative impairment test for any reporting unit or Brand in any period. We can resume the qualitative assessment for any reporting unit or Brand in any subsequent period.
Under a qualitative approach, our impairment review for goodwill consists of an assessment of whether it is more-likely-than-not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount. If we elect to bypass the qualitative assessment for any reporting unit, or if a qualitative assessment indicates it is more-likely-than-not that the estimated carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, we perform a quantitative goodwill impairment test that requires us to estimate the fair value of the reporting unit. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we will measure any goodwill impairment loss as the amount by which the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.
Under a qualitative approach, our impairment review for the Brands consists of an assessment of whether it is more-likely-than-not that a Brand’s fair value is less than its carrying amount. If we elect to bypass the qualitative assessment for a Brand, or if a qualitative assessment indicates it is more-likely-than-not that the estimated carrying value of a Brand exceeds its fair value, we estimate the fair value of the Brand and compare it to its carrying amount. If the carrying amount exceeds fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.
We completed our impairment tests for goodwill and the Brands as of October 1, 2023, 2022 and 2021 and no impairment resulted.
Long-Lived Assets
Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, intangible assets subject to amortization and lease right-of-use assets, are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset or asset group may not be recoverable. Some of the events or changes in circumstances that would trigger an impairment review include, but are not limited to, bankruptcy proceedings or other significant financial distress of a lessee; significant negative industry or economic trends; knowledge of transactions involving the sale of similar property at amounts below the carrying value; or our expectation to dispose of long-lived assets before the end of their estimated useful lives. The impairment test for long-lived assets requires us to assess the recoverability of long-lived assets by comparing their net carrying value to the sum of undiscounted estimated future cash flows directly associated with and arising from use and eventual disposition of the assets or asset group. Long-lived assets are grouped for recognition and measurement of impairment at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets. If the net carrying value of a group of long-lived assets exceeds the sum of related undiscounted estimated future cash flows, we record an impairment charge equal to the excess, if any, of the net carrying value over fair value.
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Other comprehensive income (loss) (“OCI”) refers to revenues, expenses, gains and losses that are included in comprehensive income (loss), but are excluded from net income (loss) as these amounts are recorded directly as an adjustment to shareholders’ equity, net of tax. Our other comprehensive income (loss) is primarily comprised of unrealized gains and losses on foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gains and losses on hedging activity, net of tax.
Derivative Financial Instruments
We recognize and measure all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets. Derivative instruments accounted for as net investments hedges are classified as long term assets and liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. We may enter into derivatives that are not designated as hedging instruments for accounting purposes, but which largely offset the economic impact of certain transactions.
Gains or losses resulting from changes in the fair value of derivatives are recognized in earnings or recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) and recognized in the consolidated statements of operations when the hedged item affects earnings, depending on the purpose of the derivatives and whether they qualify for, and we have applied, hedge accounting treatment.
When applying hedge accounting, we designate at a derivative’s inception, the specific assets, liabilities or future commitments being hedged, and assess the hedge’s effectiveness at inception and on an ongoing basis. We discontinue hedge accounting when: (i) we determine that the cash flow derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the cash flows of a hedged item; (ii) the derivative expires or is sold, terminated or exercised; (iii) it is no longer probable that the forecasted transaction will occur; or (iv) management determines that designation of the derivatives as a hedge instrument is no longer appropriate. We do not enter into or hold derivatives for speculative purposes.
Disclosures about Fair Value
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants in the principal market, or if none exists, the most advantageous market, for the specific asset or liability at the measurement date (the exit price). The fair value is based on assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability. The fair values are assigned a level within the fair value hierarchy, depending on the source of the inputs into the calculation, as follows:
Level 1 Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
Level 2 Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability either directly or indirectly.
Level 3 Unobservable inputs reflecting management’s own assumptions about the inputs used in pricing the asset or liability.
The carrying amounts for cash and cash equivalents, accounts and notes receivable and accounts and drafts payable approximate fair value based on the short-term nature of these amounts.
We carry all of our derivatives at fair value and value them using various pricing models or discounted cash flow analysis that incorporate observable market parameters, such as interest rate yield curves and currency rates, which are Level 2 inputs. Derivative valuations incorporate credit risk adjustments that are necessary to reflect the probability of default by the counterparty or us. For disclosures about the fair value measurements of our derivative instruments, see Note 11, Derivative Instruments.
The following table presents the fair value of our variable rate term debt and senior notes, estimated using inputs based on bid and offer prices that are Level 2 inputs, and principal carrying amount (in millions):
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| As of December 31, |
| 2023 | | 2022 |
Fair value of our variable term debt and senior notes | $ | 12,401 | | | $ | 11,885 | |
Principal carrying amount of our variable term debt and senior notes | $ | 12,900 | | | $ | 12,890 | |
The determination of fair values of our reporting units and the determination of the fair value of the Brands for impairment testing using a quantitative approach during 2023 and 2022 were based upon Level 3 inputs.
Revenue Recognition
Sales
Sales consist primarily of supply chain sales, which represent sales of products, supplies and restaurant equipment to franchisees, as well as sales to retailers and direct to consumer and are presented net of any related sales tax. Orders placed by customers specify the goods to be delivered and transaction prices for supply chain sales. Revenue is recognized upon transfer of control over ordered items, generally upon delivery to the customer, which is when the customer obtains physical possession of the goods, legal title is transferred, the customer has all risks and rewards of ownership and an obligation to pay for the goods is created. Shipping and handling costs associated with outbound freight for supply chain sales are accounted for as fulfillment costs and classified as cost of sales.
To a much lesser extent, sales also include Company restaurant sales (including Restaurant VIEs), which consist of sales to restaurant guests. Revenue from Company restaurant sales is recognized at the point of sale. Taxes assessed by a governmental authority that we collect are excluded from revenue.
Franchise and property revenues
Franchise revenues consist primarily of royalties, initial and renewal franchise fees and upfront fees from development agreements and master franchise and development agreements (“MFDAs”). Under franchise agreements, we provide franchisees with (i) a franchise license, which includes a license to use our intellectual property, (ii) pre-opening services, such as training and inspections, and (iii) ongoing services, such as development of training materials and menu items and restaurant monitoring and inspections. These services are highly interrelated and dependent upon the franchise license and we concluded these services do not represent individually distinct performance obligations. Consequently, we bundle the franchise license performance obligation and promises to provide these services into a single performance obligation (the “Franchise PO”), which we satisfy by providing a right to use our intellectual property over the term of each franchise agreement.
Royalties are calculated as a percentage of franchised restaurant sales over the term of the franchise agreement. Initial and renewal franchise fees are payable by the franchisee upon a new restaurant opening or renewal of an existing franchise agreement. Our franchise agreement royalties represent sales-based royalties that are related entirely to the Franchise PO and are recognized as franchise sales occur. Initial and renewal franchise fees are recognized as revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the respective agreement. Our performance obligation under development agreements other than MFDAs generally consists of an obligation to grant exclusive development rights over a stated term. These development rights are not distinct from franchise agreements, so upfront fees paid by franchisees for exclusive development rights are deferred and apportioned to each franchised restaurant opened by the franchisee. The pro rata amount apportioned to each restaurant is accounted for as an initial franchise fee.
We have a distinct performance obligation under our MFDAs to grant subfranchising rights over a stated term. Under the terms of MFDAs, we typically either receive an upfront fee paid in cash and/or receive noncash consideration in the form of an equity interest in the master franchisee or an affiliate of the master franchisee. We account for noncash consideration as investments in the applicable equity method investee and recognize revenue in an amount equal to the fair value of the equity interest received. Upfront fees from master franchisees, including the fair value of noncash consideration, are deferred and amortized over the MFDA term on a straight-line basis. We may recognize unamortized upfront fees when a contract with a franchisee or master franchisee is modified and is accounted for as a termination of the existing contract.
The portion of gift cards sold to customers which are never redeemed is commonly referred to as gift card breakage. We recognize gift card breakage income proportionately as each gift card is redeemed using an estimated breakage rate based on our historical experience.
Property revenues consists of rental income from properties we lease or sublease to franchisees. Property revenues are accounted for in accordance with applicable accounting guidance for leases and are excluded from the scope of revenue recognition guidance.
In certain instances, we provide incentives to franchisees in connection with restaurant renovations or other initiatives. These incentives may consist of cash consideration or non-cash consideration such as restaurant equipment. In general, these incentives are designed to support system-wide sales growth to increase our future revenues. The costs of these incentives are capitalized and amortized as a reduction in franchise and property revenue over the term of the contract to which the incentive relates.
Advertising revenues and other services
Advertising revenues consist primarily of franchisee contributions to advertising funds in those markets where our subsidiaries manage an advertising fund and are calculated as a percentage of franchised restaurant sales over the term of the franchise agreement. Under our franchise agreements, advertising contributions received from franchisees must be spent on advertising, product development, marketing, and related activities. We determined our advertising and promotion management services do not represent individually distinct performance obligations and are included in the Franchise PO.
Other services revenues consist primarily of tech fees and revenues, that vary by market, and partially offset expenses related to technology initiatives. These services are distinct from the Franchise PO because they are not dependent upon the franchise license or highly interrelated with the franchise license.
Cost of Sales
Cost of sales consists primarily of costs associated with the management of our Tim Hortons supply chain, including cost of goods, direct labor, depreciation, bad debt expense (recoveries) from supply chain sales and cost of products sold to retailers. Cost of sales also includes food, paper and labor costs of Company restaurants.
Franchise and Property Expenses
Franchise and property expenses consist primarily of depreciation of properties leased to franchisees, rental expense associated with properties subleased to franchisees, amortization of franchise agreements, and bad debt expense (recoveries) from franchise and property revenues.
Advertising Expenses and Other Services
Advertising expenses and other services consist primarily of expenses relating to marketing, advertising and promotion, including market research, production, advertising costs, sales promotions, social media campaigns, technology initiatives, bad debt expense (recoveries) from franchisee contributions to advertising funds we manage, depreciation and amortization and other related support functions for the respective brands. Additionally, we may incur discretionary expenses to fund advertising programs in connection with periodic initiatives.
Company restaurants and franchised restaurants contribute to advertising funds that our subsidiaries manage in the United States and Canada and certain other international markets. The advertising funds expense the production costs of advertising when the advertisements are first aired or displayed. All other advertising and promotional costs are expensed in the period incurred. Under our franchise agreements, advertising contributions received from franchisees must be spent on advertising, product development, marketing and related activities. The advertising contributions by Company restaurants (including Restaurant VIEs) are eliminated in consolidation. Consolidated advertising expense totaled $1,201 million, $1,032 million and $962 million in 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
Deferred Financing Costs
Deferred financing costs are amortized over the term of the related debt agreement into interest expense using the effective interest method.
Income Taxes
Amounts in the Financial Statements related to income taxes are calculated using the principles of ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes. Under these principles, deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the impact of temporary differences between the amounts of assets and liabilities recognized for financial reporting purposes and the amounts recognized for tax purposes, as well as tax credit carry-forwards and loss carry-forwards. These deferred taxes are measured by applying currently enacted tax rates. A deferred tax asset is recognized when it is considered more-likely-than-not to be realized. The effects of changes in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized in income in the year in which the law is enacted. A valuation allowance reduces deferred tax assets when it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
We recognize positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return in the Financial Statements when it is more-likely-than-not (i.e., a likelihood of more than 50%) that the position would be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. A recognized tax position is then measured at the largest amount of benefit with greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement.
Translation gains and losses resulting from the remeasurement of foreign deferred tax assets or liabilities denominated in a currency other than the functional currency are classified as other operating expenses (income), net in the consolidated statements of operations.
Share-based Compensation
Compensation expense related to the issuance of share-based awards to our employees is measured at fair value on the grant date. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to value stock options. The fair value of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) is generally based on the closing price of RBI's common shares on the trading day preceding the date of grant. Our total shareholder return and if applicable our total shareholder return relative to our peer group is incorporated into the underlying assumptions using a Monte Carlo simulation valuation model to calculate grant date fair value for performance based awards with a market condition. The compensation expense for awards that vest over a future service period is recognized over the requisite service period on a straight-line basis, adjusted for estimated forfeitures of awards that are not expected to vest. We use historical data to estimate forfeitures for share-based awards. Upon the end of the service period, compensation expense is adjusted to account for the actual forfeiture rate. The compensation expense for awards that contain performance conditions is recognized when it is probable that the performance conditions will be achieved.
Supplier Finance Programs
Our Tim Hortons business includes individually negotiated contracts with suppliers, which include payment terms that range up to 120 days. A global financial institution offers a voluntary supply chain finance (“SCF”) program to certain Tim Hortons vendors, which provides suppliers that elect to participate with the ability to elect early payment, which is discounted based on the payment terms and a rate based on RBI's credit rating, which may be beneficial to the vendor. Participation in the SCF program is at the sole discretion of the suppliers and financial institution and we are not a party to the arrangements between the suppliers and the financial institution. Our obligations to suppliers are not affected by the suppliers’ decisions to participate in the SCF program and our payment terms remain the same based on the original supplier invoicing terms and conditions. No guarantees are provided by us or any of our subsidiaries in connection with the SCF Program.
Our confirmed outstanding obligations under the SCF program at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 totaled $36 million and $47 million, respectively, and are classified as Accounts and drafts payable in our condensed consolidated balance sheets. All activity related to the obligations is classified as Cost of sales in our condensed consolidated statements of operations and presented within cash flows from operating activities in our condensed consolidated statements of cash flows.
New Accounting Pronouncements
Accounting Relief for the Transition Away from LIBOR and Certain other Reference Rates – In March 2020 and as clarified in January 2021 and December 2022, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued guidance which provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying U.S. GAAP to contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions that reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be discontinued because of reference rate reform. This amendment is effective as of March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2024. The expedients and exceptions provided by this new guidance do not apply to contract modifications made and hedging relationships entered into or evaluated after December 31, 2024, except for hedging relationships existing as of December 31, 2024, that an entity has elected certain optional expedients for and that are retained through the end of the hedging relationships. During 2021, we adopted certain of the expedients as it relates to hedge accounting as certain of our debt agreements and hedging relationships bear interest at variable rates, primarily U.S. dollar LIBOR. Additionally, during the three months ended September 30, 2023, we amended the LIBOR-referencing credit agreement governing our senior secured term loan facilities to reference the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) as further disclosed in Note 8, Long-Term Debt. As of December 31, 2023, none of our debt agreements and hedging relationships make reference to LIBOR. The adoption of this new guidance did not have a material impact on our Financial Statements.
Liabilities—Supplier Finance Programs – In September 2022, the FASB issued guidance that requires buyers in a supplier finance program to disclose sufficient information about the program to allow investors to understand the program's nature, activity during the period, changes from period to period, and potential magnitude. These disclosures would include the key terms of the program, as well as the obligation amount that the buyer has confirmed as valid to the third party that is outstanding at the end of the reporting period, a rollforward of that amount, and a description of where that amount is presented in the balance sheet. This amendment is effective in 2023, except for the amendment on rollforward information which is effective in 2024, with early adoption permitted. This guidance should be applied retrospectively to each period in which a balance sheet is presented, except for the amendment on rollforward information, which should be applied prospectively. During the first quarter of 2023, we adopted this guidance and added necessary disclosures upon adoption as disclosed in Note 2, Significant Accounting Policies, with the exception of rollforward information which will be added during the first quarter of 2024.
Segment Reporting – In November 2023, the FASB issued guidance that expands segment disclosures for public entities, including requiring disclosure of significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), the title and position of the CODM and an explanation of how the CODM uses reported measures of segment profit or loss in assessing segment performance and allocating resources. The new guidance also expands disclosures about a reportable segment’s profit or loss and assets in interim periods and clarifies that a public entity may report additional measures of segment profit if the CODM uses more than one measure of a segment’s profit or loss. The new guidance does not remove existing segment disclosure requirements or change how a public entity identifies its operating segments, aggregates those operating segments, or determines its reportable segments. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and subsequent interim periods with early adoption permitted, and requires retrospective application to all prior periods presented in the financial statements. We are currently evaluating the impact this new guidance will have on our disclosures upon adoption and expect to provide additional detail and disclosures under this new guidance.
Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures – In December 2023, the FASB issued guidance that expands income tax disclosures for public entities, including requiring enhanced disclosures related to the rate reconciliation and income taxes paid information. The guidance is effective for annual disclosures for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, with early adoption permitted. The guidance should be applied on a prospective basis, with retrospective application to all prior periods presented in the financial statements permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact this new guidance will have on our disclosures upon adoption and expect to provide additional detail and disclosures under this new guidance.
Note 3. Earnings per Share
An economic interest in Partnership common equity is held by the holders of Class B exchangeable limited partnership units (the “Partnership exchangeable units”), which is reflected as a noncontrolling interest in our equity. See Note 12, Shareholders’ Equity.
Basic and diluted earnings per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the period. We apply the treasury stock method to determine the dilutive weighted average common shares represented by outstanding equity awards, unless the effect of their inclusion is anti-dilutive. The diluted earnings per share calculation assumes conversion of 100% of the Partnership exchangeable units under the “if converted” method. Accordingly, the numerator is also adjusted to include the earnings allocated to the holders of noncontrolling interests.
The following table summarizes the basic and diluted earnings per share calculations (in millions, except per share amounts):
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
Numerator: | | | | | |
Net income attributable to common shareholders - basic | $ | 1,190 | | | $ | 1,008 | | | $ | 838 | |
Add: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests | 525 | | | 471 | | | 411 | |
Net income available to common shareholders and noncontrolling interests - diluted | $ | 1,715 | | | $ | 1,479 | | | $ | 1,249 | |
| | | | | |
Denominator: | | | | | |
Weighted average common shares - basic | 312 | | | 307 | | | 310 | |
Exchange of noncontrolling interests for common shares (Note 12) | 139 | | | 144 | | | 151 | |
Effect of other dilutive securities | 6 | | | 4 | | | 3 | |
Weighted average common shares - diluted | 456 | | | 455 | | | 464 | |
| | | | | |
Basic earnings per share (a) | $ | 3.82 | | | $ | 3.28 | | | $ | 2.71 | |
Diluted earnings per share (a) | $ | 3.76 | | | $ | 3.25 | | | $ | 2.69 | |
Anti-dilutive securities outstanding | 5 | | | 6 | | | 3 | |
(a)Diluted weighted average common shares and earnings per share may not recalculate exactly as it is calculated based on unrounded numbers.
Note 4. Property and Equipment, net
Property and equipment, net, consist of the following (in millions):
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| As of December 31, |
| 2023 | | 2022 |
Land | $ | 987 | | | $ | 985 | |
Buildings and improvements | 1,193 | | | 1,165 | |
Restaurant equipment | 215 | | | 192 | |
Furniture, fixtures, and other | 347 | | | 300 | |
Finance leases | 335 | | | 317 | |
Construction in progress | 62 | | | 52 | |
| 3,139 | | | 3,011 | |
Accumulated depreciation and amortization | (1,187) | | | (1,061) | |
Property and equipment, net | $ | 1,952 | | | $ | 1,950 | |
Depreciation and amortization expense on property and equipment totaled $137 million for 2023, $135 million for 2022 and $148 million for 2021.
Included in our property and equipment, net at December 31, 2023 and 2022 are $226 million and $227 million, respectively, of assets leased under finance leases (mostly buildings and improvements), net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $109 million and $90 million, respectively.
Note 5. Intangible Assets, net and Goodwill
Intangible assets, net and goodwill consist of the following (in millions):
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| As of December 31, |
| 2023 | | 2022 |
| Gross | | Accumulated Amortization | | Net | | Gross | | Accumulated Amortization | | Net |
Identifiable assets subject to amortization: | | | | | | | | | | | |
Franchise agreements | $ | 727 | | | $ | (348) | | | $ | 379 | | | $ | 720 | | | $ | (313) | | | $ | 407 | |
Favorable leases | 81 | | | (54) | | | 27 | | | 90 | | | (57) | | | 33 | |
Subtotal | 808 | | | (402) | | | 406 | | | 810 | | | (370) | | | 440 | |
Indefinite-lived intangible assets: | | | | | | | | | | | |
Tim Hortons brand | $ | 6,423 | | | $ | — | | | $ | 6,423 | | | $ | 6,292 | | | $ | — | | | $ | 6,292 | |
Burger King brand | 2,107 | | | — | | | 2,107 | | | 2,088 | | | — | | | 2,088 | |
Popeyes brand | 1,355 | | | — | | | 1,355 | | | 1,355 | | | — | | | 1,355 | |
Firehouse Subs brand | 816 | | | — | | | 816 | | | 816 | | | — | | | 816 | |
Subtotal | 10,701 | | | — | | | 10,701 | | | 10,551 | | | — | | | 10,551 | |
Intangible assets, net | | | | | $ | 11,107 | | | | | | | $ | 10,991 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Goodwill | | | | | | | | | | | |
TH segment | $ | 4,118 | | | | | | | $ | 4,038 | | | | | |
BK segment | 232 | | | | | | | 231 | | | | | |
PLK segment | 844 | | | | | | | 844 | | | | | |
FHS segment | 193 | | | | | | | 193 | | | | | |
INTL segment | 388 | | | | | | | 382 | | | | | |
Total | $ | 5,775 | | | | | | | $ | 5,688 | | | | | |
During the fourth quarter of 2023, we revised our internal reporting structure to align with how our Chief Executive Officer, who is our Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”), manages the business, assesses performance, makes operating decisions and allocates resources, which resulted in a change in our operating and reportable segments. We manage each of our brands’ United States and Canada operations as an operating and reportable segment and our international operations as an operating and reportable segment. As part of this reevaluation, we moved the international components of our previous operating segments to the new International segment with no changes to the composition of any reporting units. The carrying amount of goodwill assigned to each international component is included above in our International segment for both periods presented.
Amortization expense on intangible assets totaled $37 million for 2023, $39 million for 2022, and $41 million for 2021. The change in the franchise agreements, brands and goodwill balances during 2023 was primarily due to the impact of foreign currency translation.
As of December 31, 2023, the estimated future amortization expense on identifiable assets subject to amortization is as follows (in millions):
| | | | | |
Twelve-months ended December 31, | Amount |
2024 | $ | 36 | |
2025 | 35 | |
2026 | 34 | |
2027 | 34 | |
2028 | 33 | |
Thereafter | 234 | |
Total | $ | 406 | |
Note 6. Equity Method Investments
The aggregate carrying amount of our equity method investments was $163 million and $167 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, and is included as a component of Other assets, net in our consolidated balance sheets.
Except for the following equity method investments, no quoted market prices are available for our other equity method investments. The aggregate market value of our 14.7% equity interest in Carrols Restaurant Group, Inc. (“Carrols”) based on the quoted market price on December 31, 2023 is approximately $74 million. The aggregate market value of our 9.4% equity interest in BK Brasil Operação e Assessoria a Restaurantes S.A. based on the quoted market price on December 31, 2023 is approximately $30 million. The aggregate market value of our 4.2% equity interest in TH International Limited based on the quoted market price on December 31, 2023 was approximately $12 million. We evaluate declines in the market value of these equity method investments and as a result, during 2022, we recognized an impairment of $15 million due to a sustained decline in Carrols' share price and market capitalization.
We have equity interests in entities that own or franchise Tim Hortons, Burger King and Popeyes restaurants. Franchise and property revenue recognized from franchisees that are owned or franchised by entities in which we have an equity interest consist of the following (in millions):
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
Revenues from affiliates: | | | | | |
Royalties | $ | 402 | | | $ | 353 | | | $ | 350 | |
Advertising revenues | 79 | | | 71 | | | 67 | |
Property revenues | 32 | | | 31 | | | 32 | |
Franchise fees and other revenue | 21 | | | 18 | | | 21 | |
Sales | 19 | | | 18 | | | 10 | |
Total | $ | 553 | | | $ | 491 | | | $ | 480 | |
At December 31, 2023 and 2022, we had $61 million and $42 million, respectively, of accounts receivable, net from our equity method investments which were recorded in accounts and notes receivable, net in our consolidated balance sheets.
With respect to our Tim Hortons business, the most significant equity method investment is our 50% joint venture interest with The Wendy’s Company (the “TIMWEN Partnership”), which jointly holds real estate underlying Canadian combination restaurants. Distributions received from this joint venture were $13 million during 2023 and 2022 and $16 million during 2021.
We recognized rent expense associated with the TIMWEN Partnership of $21 million, $19 million, and $18 million during 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
(Income) loss from equity method investments reflects our share of investee net income or loss, non-cash dilution gains or losses from changes in our ownership interests in equity investees and impairment charges.
Note 7. Other Accrued Liabilities and Other Liabilities
Other accrued liabilities (current) and other liabilities, net (non-current) consist of the following (in millions):
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| As of December 31, |
| 2023 | | 2022 |
Current: | | | |
Dividend payable | $ | 245 | | | $ | 243 | |
Interest payable | 67 | | | 89 | |
Accrued compensation and benefits | 147 | | | 124 | |
Taxes payable | 129 | | | 190 | |
Deferred income | 77 | | | 43 | |
Accrued advertising expenses | 58 | | | 37 | |
Restructuring and other provisions | 18 | | | 29 | |
Current portion of operating lease liabilities | 147 | | | 137 | |
Other | 117 | | | 109 | |
Other accrued liabilities | $ | 1,005 | | | $ | 1,001 | |
Non-current: | | | |
Taxes payable | $ | 57 | | | $ | 139 | |
Contract liabilities (see Note 14) | 555 | | | 540 | |
Derivatives liabilities | 227 | | | 34 | |
Unfavorable leases | 42 | | | 50 | |
Accrued pension | 34 | | | 40 | |
Deferred income | 57 | | | 44 | |
Other | 24 | | | 25 | |
Other liabilities, net | $ | 996 | | | $ | 872 | |
Note 8. Long-Term Debt
Long-term debt consists of the following (in millions):
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| As of December 31, |
| 2023 | | 2022 |
Term Loan B | $ | 5,175 | | | $ | 5,190 | |
Term Loan A | 1,275 | | | 1,250 | |
| | | |
3.875% First Lien Senior Notes due 2028 | 1,550 | | | 1,550 | |
3.50% First Lien Senior Notes due 2029 | 750 | | | 750 | |
5.75% First Lien Senior Notes due 2025 | 500 | | | 500 | |
4.375% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2028 | 750 | | | 750 | |
4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2030 | 2,900 | | | 2,900 | |
TH Facility and other | 143 | | | 155 | |
Less: unamortized deferred financing costs and deferred issuance discount | (122) | | | (111) | |
Total debt, net | 12,921 | | | 12,934 | |
Less: current maturities of debt | (67) | | | (95) | |
Total long-term debt | $ | 12,854 | | | $ | 12,839 | |
Credit Facilities
On September 21, 2023, two of our subsidiaries (the “Borrowers”) entered into a seventh amendment (the “7th Amendment”) to the credit agreement governing our senior secured term loan A facility (the “Term Loan A”), our senior secured term loan B facility (the “Term Loan B” and together with the Term Loan A, the “Term Loan Facilities”) and our senior secured revolving credit facility (including revolving loans, swingline loans and letters of credit) (the “Revolving Credit Facility” and together with the Term Loan Facilities, the “Credit Facilities”). Under the 7th Amendment we (i) amended the existing Revolving Credit Facility to increase the availability from $1,000 million to $1,250 million and extended the maturity of the facility to September 21, 2028 without changing the leverage-based spread to adjusted SOFR (Secured Overnight Financing Rate); (ii) increased the Term Loan A to $1,275 million and extended the maturity of the Term Loan A to September 21, 2028 without changing the leverage-based spread to adjusted SOFR; (iii) increased the Term Loan B to $5,175 million, extended the maturity of the Term Loan B to September 21, 2030, and changed the interest rate applicable to borrowings under our Term Loan B to term SOFR, subject to a floor of 0.00%, plus an applicable margin of 2.25%; and (iv) made certain other changes as set forth therein, including removing the 0.10% adjustment to the term SOFR rate across the facilities and changes to certain covenants to provide increased flexibility. On December 28, 2023, we entered into an eighth amendment (the “8th Amendment” and together with the 7th Amendment, the “2023 Amendments”) to the credit agreement whereby Partnership and its subsidiaries became guarantors, subject to the covenants applicable to the Credit Facilities. The 2023 Amendments made no other material changes to the terms of the credit agreement. In connection with the 7th Amendment, we capitalized approximately $44 million in debt issuance costs and recorded a $16 million loss on early extinguishment of debt that primarily reflects expensing of fees in connection with the 7th Amendment and the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs.
The interest rate applicable to the Term Loan A and Revolving Credit Facility is, at our option, either (a) a base rate, subject to a floor of 1.00%, plus an applicable margin varying from 0.00% to 0.50%, or (b) term SOFR, subject to a floor of 0.00%, plus an applicable margin varying between 0.75% and 1.50%, in each case, determined by reference to a net first lien leverage-based pricing grid. The commitment fee on the unused portion of the Revolving Credit Facility is 0.15%. At December 31, 2023, the interest rate on the Term Loan A was 6.61%. The principal amount of the Term Loan A amortizes in quarterly installments equal to $8 million beginning March 31, 2025 and $16 million beginning March 31, 2027 until maturity, with the balance payable at maturity.
The interest rate applicable to the Term Loan B is, at our option, either (a) a base rate, subject to a floor of 1.00%, plus an applicable margin of 1.25%, or (b) term SOFR, subject to a floor of 0.00%, plus an applicable margin of 2.25%. At December 31, 2023, the interest rate on the Term Loan B was 7.61%. The principal amount of the Term Loan B amortizes in quarterly installments equal to $13 million beginning March 31, 2024 until maturity, with the balance payable at maturity.
Revolving Credit Facility
As of December 31, 2023, we had no amounts outstanding under our Revolving Credit Facility. Funds available under the Revolving Credit Facility may be used to repay other debt, finance debt or share repurchases, to fund acquisitions or capital expenditures and for other general corporate purposes. We have a $125 million letter of credit sublimit as part of the Revolving Credit Facility, which reduces our borrowing availability thereunder by the cumulative amount of outstanding letters of credit. The interest rate applicable to amounts drawn under each letter of credit is 0.75% to 1.50%, depending on our net first lien leverage ratio. As of December 31, 2023, we had $2 million of letters of credit issued against the Revolving Credit Facility, and our borrowing availability was $1,248 million.
Obligations under the Credit Facilities are guaranteed on a senior secured basis, jointly and severally, by the Partnership and substantially all of its Canadian and U.S. subsidiaries, including The TDL Group Corp., Burger King Company LLC, Popeyes Louisiana Kitchen, Inc., FRG, LLC and substantially all of their respective Canadian and U.S. subsidiaries (the “Credit Guarantors”). Amounts borrowed under the Credit Facilities are secured on a first priority basis by a perfected security interest in substantially all of the present and future property (subject to certain exceptions) of each Borrower and Credit Guarantor.
3.875% First Lien Senior Notes due 2028
On September 24, 2019, the Borrowers entered into an indenture (the “3.875% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture”) in connection with the issuance of $750 million of 3.875% first lien senior notes due January 15, 2028 (the “2019 3.875% Senior Notes”). On July 6, 2021, the Borrowers issued an additional $800 million under the 3.875% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture (the “Additional Notes” and together with the 2019 3.875% Senior Notes, the “3.875% First Lien Senior Notes due 2028”). No principal payments are due until maturity and interest is paid semi-annually. The Additional Notes were priced at 100.250% of their face value. The net proceeds from the offering of the Additional Notes were used to redeem the remaining $775 million principal amount outstanding of 4.25% first lien senior notes, plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, and pay related redemption premiums, fees and expenses. In connection with the issuance of the Additional Notes, we capitalized approximately $7 million in debt issuance costs. In connection with the redemption of the remaining $775 million principal amount outstanding of the 4.25% first lien senior notes, we recorded a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $11 million that primarily reflects the payment of redemption premiums and the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs.
Obligations under the 3.875% First Lien Senior Notes due 2028 are guaranteed on a senior secured basis, jointly and severally, by the Partnership and substantially all of its Canadian and U.S. subsidiaries, including The TDL Group Corp., Burger King Company LLC, Popeyes Louisiana Kitchen, Inc., FRG, LLC and substantially all of their respective Canadian and U.S. subsidiaries (the “Note Guarantors”). The 3.875% First Lien Senior Notes due 2028 are first lien senior secured obligations and rank equal in right of payment with all of the existing and future first lien senior debt of the Borrowers and Note Guarantors, including borrowings and guarantees under our Credit Facilities.
The 3.875% First Lien Senior Notes due 2028 may be redeemed in whole or in part at any time at the redemption prices set forth in the 3.875% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, at the date of redemption. The 3.875% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture also contains optional redemption provisions related to tender offers, change of control and equity offerings, among others.
3.50% First Lien Senior Notes due 2029
On November 9, 2020, the Borrowers entered into an indenture (the “3.50% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture”) in connection with the issuance of $750 million of 3.50% first lien notes due February 15, 2029 (the “3.50% First Lien Senior Notes due 2029”). No principal payments are due until maturity and interest is paid semi-annually. The proceeds from the offering of the 3.50% First Lien Senior Notes due 2029, together with cash on hand, were used to redeem $725 million of 4.25% first lien senior notes and pay related redemption premiums, fees and expenses.
Obligations under the 3.50% First Lien Senior Notes due 2029 are guaranteed on a senior secured basis, jointly and severally, by the Note Guarantors. The 3.50% First Lien Senior Notes due 2029 are first lien senior secured obligations and rank equal in right of payment with all of the existing and future first lien senior debt of the Borrowers and Note Guarantors, including borrowings and guarantees of the Credit Facilities.
Our 3.50% First Lien Senior Notes due 2029 may be redeemed in whole or in part, on or after February 15, 2024 at the redemption prices set forth in the 3.50% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, at the date of redemption. The 3.50% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture also contains optional redemption provisions related to tender offers, change of control and equity offerings, among others.
5.75% First Lien Senior Notes due 2025
On April 7, 2020, the Borrowers entered into an indenture (the “5.75% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture”) in connection with the issuance of $500 million of 5.75% first lien notes due April 15, 2025 (the “5.75% First Lien Senior Notes due 2025”). No principal payments are due until maturity and interest is paid semi-annually. The net proceeds from the offering of the 5.75% First Lien Senior Notes due 2025 were used for general corporate purposes.
Obligations under the 5.75% First Lien Senior Notes due 2025 are guaranteed on a senior secured basis, jointly and severally, by the Note Guarantors. The 5.75% First Lien Senior Notes due 2025 are first lien senior secured obligations and rank equal in right of payment with all of the existing and future first lien senior debt of the Borrowers and Note Guarantors, including borrowings and guarantees of the Credit Facilities.
Our 5.75% First Lien Senior Notes due 2025 may be redeemed in whole or in part at any time at the redemption prices set forth in the 5.75% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, at the date of redemption. The 5.75% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture also contains optional redemption provisions related to tender offers, change of control and equity offerings, among others.
4.375% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2028
On November 19, 2019, the Borrowers entered into an indenture (the “4.375% Second Lien Senior Notes Indenture”) in connection with the issuance of $750 million of 4.375% second lien senior notes due January 15, 2028 (the “4.375% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2028”). No principal payments are due until maturity and interest is paid semi-annually.
Obligations under the 4.375% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2028 are guaranteed on a second priority senior secured basis, jointly and severally, by the Note Guarantors. The 4.375% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2028 are second lien senior secured obligations and rank equal in right of payment with all of the existing and future senior debt of the Borrowers and Note Guarantors, including borrowings and guarantees of the Credit Facilities, and effectively subordinated to all of the existing and future first lien senior debt of the Borrowers and Note Guarantors.
Our 4.375% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2028 may be redeemed in whole or in part at any time at the redemption prices set forth in the 4.375% Second Lien Senior Notes Indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, at the date of redemption. The 4.375% Second Lien Senior Notes Indenture also contains redemption provisions related to tender offers, change of control and equity offerings, among others.
4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2030
During 2020, the Borrowers entered into an indenture (the “4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes Indenture”) in connection with the issuance of $2,900 million of 4.00% second lien notes due October 15, 2030 (the “4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2030”). No principal payments are due until maturity and interest is paid semi-annually. The proceeds from the offering of the 4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2030 were used to redeem the entire outstanding principal balance of $2,800 million of 5.00% second lien senior notes due October 15, 2025 (the “5.00% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2025”), pay related redemption premiums, fees and expenses.
Obligations under the 4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2030 are guaranteed on a second priority senior secured basis, jointly and severally, by the Note Guarantors. The 4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2030 are second lien senior secured obligations and rank equal in right of payment will all of the existing and future senior debt of the Borrowers and Note Guarantors and effectively subordinated to all of the existing and future first lien senior debt of the Borrowers and Note Guarantors.
Our 4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes due 2030 may be redeemed in whole or in part, on or after October 15, 2025 at the redemption prices set forth in the 4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes Indenture, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, at the date of redemption. The 4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes Indenture also contains optional redemption provisions related to tender offers, change of control and equity offerings, among others.
Restrictions and Covenants
Our Credit Facilities, as well as the 3.875% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture, 5.75% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture, 3.50% First Lien Senior Notes Indenture, 4.375% Second Lien Senior Notes Indenture and 4.00% Second Lien Senior Notes Indenture (all together the “Senior Notes Indentures”) contain a number of customary affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict our ability and the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to: incur additional indebtedness; incur liens; engage in mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions; sell assets; pay dividends and make other payments in respect of capital stock; make investments, loans and advances; pay or modify the terms of certain indebtedness; and engage in certain transactions with affiliates. In addition, under the Credit Facilities, the Borrowers are not permitted to exceed a first lien senior secured leverage ratio of 6.50 to 1.00 when, as of the end of any fiscal quarter beginning with the first fiscal quarter of 2020, (1) any amounts are outstanding under the Term Loan A and/or (2) the sum of (i) the amount of letters of credit outstanding exceeding $50 million (other than those that are cash collateralized); (ii) outstanding amounts under the Revolving Credit Facility and (iii) outstanding amounts of swing line loans, exceeds 30.0% of the commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility.
The restrictions under the Credit Facilities and the Senior Notes Indentures have resulted in substantially all of our consolidated assets being restricted.
As of December 31, 2023, we were in compliance with applicable financial debt covenants under the Credit Facilities and the Senior Notes Indentures and there were no limitations on our ability to draw on the remaining availability under our Revolving Credit Facility.
TH Facility
One of our subsidiaries entered into a non-revolving delayed drawdown term credit facility in a total aggregate principal amount of C$225 million with a maturity date of October 4, 2025 (the “TH Facility”). The interest rate applicable to the TH Facility is the Canadian Bankers’ Acceptance rate plus an applicable margin equal to 1.40% or the Prime Rate plus an applicable margin equal to 0.40%, at our option. Obligations under the TH Facility are guaranteed by four of our subsidiaries, and amounts borrowed under the TH Facility are secured by certain parcels of real estate. As of December 31, 2023, we had approximately C$182 million outstanding under the TH Facility with a weighted average interest rate of 6.84%.
RE Facility
One of our subsidiaries entered into a non-revolving delayed drawdown term credit facility in a total aggregate principal amount of $50 million with a maturity date of October 12, 2028 (the “RE Facility”). The interest rate applicable to the RE Facility is, at our option, either (i) a base rate, subject to a floor of 0.50%, plus an applicable margin of 0.50% or (ii) Adjusted Term SOFR (Adjusted Term SOFR is calculated as Term SOFR plus a margin based on duration), subject to a floor of 0.00%, plus an applicable margin of 1.50%. Obligations under the RE Facility are guaranteed by four of our subsidiaries, and amounts borrowed under the RE Facility are secured by certain parcels of real estate. As of December 31, 2023, we had approximately $4 million outstanding under the RE Facility with a weighted average interest rate of 6.95%.
Debt Issuance Costs
During 2023 and 2021, we incurred aggregate deferred financing costs of $44 million and $19 million, respectively. We did not incur any significant deferred financing costs during 2022.
Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt
During 2023, we recorded a $16 million loss on early extinguishment of debt that primarily reflects expensing of fees in connection with the 7th Amendment and the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs. During 2021, we recorded an $11 million loss on early extinguishment of debt that primarily reflects the payment of redemption premiums and the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs in connection with the redemption of the remaining $775 million principal amount outstanding of the 4.25% first lien senior notes.
Maturities
The aggregate maturities of our long-term debt as of December 31, 2023 are as follows (in millions):
| | | | | |
Year Ended December 31, | Principal Amount |
2024 | $ | 67 | |
2025 | 706 | |
2026 | 84 | |
2027 | 115 | |
2028 | 3,505 | |
Thereafter | 8,566 | |
Total | $ | 13,043 | |
Interest Expense, net
Interest expense, net consists of the following (in millions):
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
Debt (a) | $ | 576 | | | $ | 493 | | | $ | 461 | |
Finance lease obligations | 19 | | | 19 | | | 20 | |
Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt issuance discount | 27 | | | 28 | | | 27 | |
Interest income | (40) | | | (7) | | | (3) | |
Interest expense, net | $ | 582 | | | $ | 533 | | | $ | 505 | |
(a)Amount includes $61 million, $56 million and $45 million benefit during 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively, related to the quarterly net settlements of our cross-currency rate swaps and amortization of the Excluded Component as defined in Note 11, Derivative Instruments.
Note 9. Leases
As of December 31, 2023, we leased or subleased 4,941 restaurant properties to franchisees and 132 non-restaurant properties to third parties under operating leases, direct financing leases and sales-type leases where we are the lessor. Initial lease terms generally range from 10 to 20 years. Most leases to franchisees provide for fixed monthly payments and many provide for future rent escalations and renewal options. Certain leases also include provisions for variable rent, determined as a percentage of sales, generally when annual sales exceed specific levels. Lessees typically bear the cost of maintenance, insurance and property taxes.
We lease land, buildings, equipment, office space and warehouse space from third parties. Land and building leases generally have an initial term of 10 to 20 years, while land-only lease terms can extend longer, and most leases provide for fixed monthly payments. Many of these leases provide for future rent escalations and renewal options. Certain leases also include provisions for variable rent payments, determined as a percentage of sales, generally when annual sales exceed specified levels. Most leases also obligate us to pay, as lessee, variable lease cost related to maintenance, insurance and property taxes.
Company as Lessor
Assets leased to franchisees and others under operating leases where we are the lessor and which are included within our property and equipment, net are as follows (in millions):
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| As of December 31, |
| 2023 | | 2022 |
Land | $ | 856 | | | $ | 880 | |
Buildings and improvements | 1,102 | | | 1,129 | |
Restaurant equipment | 27 | | | 16 | |
| 1,985 | | | 2,025 | |
Accumulated depreciation and amortization | (656) | | | (625) | |
Property and equipment leased, net | $ | 1,329 | | | $ | 1,400 | |
Our net investment in direct financing and sales-type leases is as follows (in millions):
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| As of December 31, |
| 2023 | | 2022 |
Future rents to be received: | | | |
Future minimum lease receipts | $ | 111 | | | $ | 112 | |
Contingent rents (a) | 4 | | | 5 | |
Estimated unguaranteed residual value | 6 | | | 6 | |
Unearned income | (26) | | | (36) | |
| | | |
| 95 | | | 87 | |
Current portion included within accounts receivable | (5) | | | (5) | |
Net investment in property leased to franchisees (b) | $ | 90 | | | $ | 82 | |
(a)Amounts represent estimated contingent rents recorded in connection with the acquisition method of accounting.
(b)Included as a component of Other assets, net in our consolidated balance sheets.
Property revenues are comprised primarily of rental income from operating leases and earned income on direct financing leases with franchisees as follows (in millions):
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
Rental income: | | | | | |
Minimum lease payments | $ | 385 | | | $ | 410 | | | $ | 455 | |
Variable lease payments | 452 | | | 395 | | | 329 | |
Amortization of favorable and unfavorable income lease contracts, net | 2 | | | 1 | | | 3 | |
Subtotal - lease income from operating leases | 839 | | | 806 | | | 787 | |
Earned income on direct financing and sales-type leases | 12 | | | 7 | | | 6 | |
Total property revenues | $ | 851 | | | $ | 813 | | | $ | 793 | |
Company as Lessee
Lease cost and other information associated with these lease commitments is as follows (in millions):
Lease Cost (Income)
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
Operating lease cost | $ | 201 | | | $ | 202 | | | $ | 202 | |
Operating lease variable lease cost | 201 | | | 196 | | | 193 | |
| | | | | |
Finance lease cost: | | | | | |
Amortization of right-of-use assets | 26 | | | 27 | | | 31 | |
Interest on lease liabilities | 19 | | | 19 | | | 20 | |
Sublease income | (631) | | | (603) | | | (587) | |
Total lease income | $ | (184) | | | $ | (159) | | | $ | (141) | |
Lease Term and Discount Rate as of December 31, 2023 and 2022
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | As of December 31, |
| | 2023 | | 2022 |
Weighted-average remaining lease term (in years): | | | | |
Operating leases | | 9.5 years | | 9.8 years |
Finance leases | | 11.2 years | | 11.5 years |
Weighted-average discount rate: | | | | |
Operating leases | | 5.5 | % | | 5.5 | % |
Finance leases | | 5.8 | % | | 5.8 | % |
Other Information for 2023, 2022 and 2021
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities: | | | | | | |
Operating cash flows from operating leases | | $ | 202 | | | $ | 198 | | | $ | 200 | |
Operating cash flows from finance leases | | $ | 19 | | | $ | 19 | | | $ | 20 | |
Financing cash flows from finance leases | | $ | 33 | | | $ | 31 | | | $ | 31 | |
Supplemental noncash information on lease liabilities arising from obtaining right-of-use assets: | | | | | | |
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new finance lease obligations | | $ | 32 | | | $ | 22 | | | $ | 52 | |
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease obligations | | $ | 168 | | | $ | 133 | | | $ | 133 | |
As of December 31, 2023, future minimum lease receipts and commitments are as follows (in millions):
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Lease Receipts | | Lease Commitments (a) |
| Direct Financing and Sales-Type Leases | | Operating Leases | | Finance Leases | | Operating Leases |
2024 | $ | 8 | | | $ | 358 | | | $ | 52 | | | $ | 202 | |
2025 | 7 | | | 333 | | | 49 | | | 191 | |
2026 | 7 | | | 302 | | | 45 | | | 174 | |
2027 | 7 | | | 272 | | | 42 | | | 160 | |
2028 | 7 | | | 239 | | | 42 | | | 144 | |
Thereafter | 75 | | | 1,132 | | | 240 | | | 669 | |
Total minimum receipts / payments | $ | 111 | | | $ | 2,636 | | | 470 | | | 1,540 | |
Less amount representing interest | | | | | (124) | | | (334) | |
Present value of minimum lease payments | | | | | 346 | | | 1,206 | |
Current portion of lease obligations (b) | | | | | (34) | | | (147) | |
Long-term portion of lease obligations | | | | | $ | 312 | | | $ | 1,059 | |
(a)Minimum lease payments have not been reduced by minimum sublease rentals of $1,608 million due in the future under non-cancelable subleases.
(b)Current portion of operating lease obligations included as a component of Other accrued liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets.
Note 10. Income Taxes
Income before income taxes, classified by source of income, is as follows (in millions):
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
Canadian | $ | 493 | | | $ | 444 | | | $ | 457 | |
Foreign | 960 | | | 921 | | | 906 | |
Income before income taxes | $ | 1,453 | | | $ | 1,365 | | | $ | 1,363 | |
Income tax (benefit) expense attributable to income from continuing operations consists of the following (in millions):
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
Current: | | | | | |
Canadian | $ | (47) | | | $ | (284) | | | $ | 16 | |
U.S. Federal | 77 | | | 105 | | | (10) | |
U.S. state, net of federal income tax benefit | 27 | | | 26 | | | 25 | |
Other Foreign | 108 | | | 96 | | | 84 | |
| $ | 165 | | | $ | (57) | | | $ | 115 | |
Deferred: | | | | | |
Canadian | $ | (37) | | | $ | 20 | | | $ | 32 | |
U.S. Federal | (18) | | | (79) | | | (37) | |
U.S. state, net of federal income tax benefit | (5) | | | (9) | | | (7) | |
Other Foreign | (370) | | | 8 | | | 7 | |
| $ | (430) | | | $ | (60) | | | $ | (5) | |
Income tax (benefit) expense | $ | (265) | | | $ | (117) | | | $ | 110 | |
The statutory rate reconciles to the effective income tax rate as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
Statutory rate | 26.5 | % | | 26.5 | % | | 26.5 | % |
Costs and taxes related to foreign operations | 5.3 | | | 3.8 | | | 3.5 | |
| | | | | |
Foreign tax rate differential | (15.1) | | | (13.7) | | | (13.9) | |
Change in valuation allowance | (0.8) | | | (0.7) | | | 1.1 | |
Change in accrual for tax uncertainties | (6.2) | | | (26.7) | | | (7.4) | |
| | | | | |
| | | | | |
Intercompany financing | (2.7) | | | 1.2 | | | (3.5) | |
| | | | | |
| | | | | |
Benefit from stock option exercises | (0.4) | | | (0.1) | | | (0.8) | |
Litigation settlements and reserves | — | | | — | | | 1.4 | |
| | | | | |
| | | | | |
Intra-Group reorganizations | (25.3) | | | — | | | — | |
Other | 0.5 | | | 1.1 | | | 1.2 | |
Effective income tax rate | (18.2) | % | | (8.6) | % | | 8.1 | % |
Companies subject to the Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income provision (GILTI) have the option to account for the GILTI tax as a period cost if and when incurred, or to recognize deferred taxes for outside basis temporary differences expected to reverse as GILTI. We have elected to account for GILTI as a period cost.
Income tax (benefit) expense allocated to continuing operations and amounts separately allocated to other items was (in millions):
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
Income tax (benefit) expense from continuing operations | $ | (265) | | | $ | (117) | | | $ | 110 | |
Cash flow hedge in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) | (14) | | | 153 | | | 72 | |
Net investment hedge in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) | 22 | | | 77 | | | (15) | |
Foreign Currency Translation in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) | 1 | | | — | | | (4) | |
Pension liability in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) | 2 | | | 2 | | | 3 | |
| | | | | |
Total | $ | (254) | | | $ | 115 | | | $ | 166 | |
The significant components of deferred income tax (benefit) expense attributable to income from continuing operations are as follows (in millions):
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
Deferred income tax expense (benefit) | $ | (1,788) | | | $ | 79 | | | $ | (22) | |
Change in valuation allowance | 1,357 | | | (143) | | | 14 | |
| | | | | |
| | | | | |
Change in effective U.S. state income tax rate | 2 | | | 3 | | | 3 | |
Change in effective foreign income tax rate | (1) | | | 1 | | | — | |
Total | $ | (430) | | | $ | (60) | | | $ | (5) | |
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are presented below (in millions):
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| As of December 31, |
| 2023 | | 2022 |
Deferred tax assets: | | | |
Accounts and notes receivable | $ | 5 | | | $ | 8 | |
Accrued employee benefits | 53 | | | 56 | |
Leases | 104 | | | 105 | |
Operating lease liabilities | 311 | | | 304 | |
Liabilities not currently deductible for tax | 452 | | | 403 | |
Tax loss and credit carryforwards | 1,042 | | | 316 | |
| | | |
Intangible assets | 1,048 | | | — | |
Other | — | | | 9 | |
Total gross deferred tax assets | 3,015 | | | 1,201 | |
Valuation allowance | (1,563) | | | (194) | |
Net deferred tax assets | $ | 1,452 | | | $ | 1,007 | |
Less deferred tax liabilities: | | | |
Property and equipment, principally due to differences in depreciation | 7 | | | 15 | |
Intangible assets | 1,743 | | | 1,707 | |
Leases | 128 | | | 125 | |
Operating lease assets | 288 | | | 281 | |
Statutory impairment | 28 | | | 27 | |
Derivatives | 47 | | | 65 | |
Outside basis difference | 28 | | | 13 | |
Other | 5 | | | — | |
Total gross deferred tax liabilities | $ | 2,274 | | | $ | 2,233 | |
Net deferred tax liability | $ | 822 | | | $ | 1,226 | |
The valuation allowance had a net increase of $1,369 million during 2023 primarily due to the establishment of new valuation allowances associated with deferred tax assets generated from Intra-Group reorganizations that occurred in the current year as well as changes in estimates related to derivatives and the utilization of foreign tax credits and capital losses.
Changes in the valuation allowance are as follows (in millions):
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
Beginning balance | $ | 194 | | | $ | 356 | | | $ | 364 | |
| | | | | |
Change in estimates recorded to deferred income tax expense | (12) | | | (9) | | | 14 | |
Additions related to deferred tax assets generated in current year | 1,369 | | | — | | | — | |
| | | | | |
| | | | | |
Changes in losses and credits | — | | | (134) | | | — | |
(Reductions) additions related to other comprehensive income | 12 | | | (19) | | | (22) | |
Ending balance | $ | 1,563 | | | $ | 194 | | | $ | 356 | |
The gross amount and expiration dates of operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards as of December 31, 2023 are as follows (in millions):
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| Amount | | Expiration Date |
Canadian net operating loss carryforwards | $ | 588 | | | 2036-2043 |
Canadian capital loss carryforwards | 161 | | | Indefinite |
Canadian tax credits | 5 | | | 2024-2042 |
U.S. federal net operating loss carryforward | 51 | | | Indefinite |
U.S. state net operating loss carryforwards | 519 | | | 2024-Indefinite |
| | | |
U.S. capital loss carryforwards | 17 | | | 2037-2040 |
U.S. foreign tax credits | 45 | | | 2024-2031 |
Other foreign net operating loss carryforwards | 161 | | | Indefinite |
Other foreign net operating loss carryforwards | 130 | | | 2024-2038 |
Other foreign capital loss carryforward | 29 | | | Indefinite |
Other foreign credits | 703 | | | 2033 |
We are generally permanently reinvested on any potential outside basis differences except for unremitted earnings and profits and thus do not record a deferred tax liability for such outside basis differences. To the extent of unremitted earning and profits, we generally review various factors including, but not limited to, forecasts and budgets of financial needs of cash for working capital, liquidity and expected cash requirements to fund our various obligations and record deferred taxes to the extent we expect to distribute.
We had $58 million and $139 million of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively, which if recognized, would favorably affect the effective income tax rate. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in millions):
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
Beginning balance | $ | 139 | | | $ | 437 | | | $ | 497 | |
Additions for tax positions related to the current year | 5 | | | (5) | | | 9 | |
Additions for tax positions of prior years | 7 | | | 3 | | | 23 | |
| | | | | |
Reductions for tax positions of prior years | (14) | | | (15) | | | (5) | |
Additions for settlement | 6 | | | — | | | 7 | |
Reductions due to statute expiration | (85) | | | (281) | | | (94) | |
Ending balance | $ | 58 | | | $ | 139 | | | $ | 437 | |
Although the timing of the resolution, settlement, and closure of any audits is highly uncertain, it is reasonably possible that the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits could significantly change in the next 12 months. During the twelve months beginning January 1, 2024, it is reasonably possible we will reduce unrecognized tax benefits by up to approximately $6 million due to the expiration of statutes of limitations, anticipated closure of various tax matters currently under examination, and settlements with tax authorities all being possibly impacted in multiple jurisdictions.
We recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. The total amount of accrued interest and penalties was $11 million and $27 million at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Potential interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions in various jurisdictions recognized was $4 million during 2023, $3 million during 2022 and $2 million during 2021. To the extent interest and penalties are not assessed with respect to uncertain tax positions, amounts accrued will be reduced and reflected as a reduction of the overall income tax provision.
We file income tax returns with Canada and its provinces and territories. Generally, we are subject to routine examinations by the Canada Revenue Agency (“CRA”). The CRA is conducting examinations of the 2016 through 2019 taxation years. Additionally, income tax returns filed with various provincial jurisdictions are generally open to examination for periods up to six years subsequent to the filing and assessment of the respective return.
We also file income tax returns, including returns for our subsidiaries, with U.S. federal, U.S. state, and other foreign jurisdictions. We are subject to routine examination by taxing authorities in the U.S. jurisdictions, as well as other foreign tax jurisdictions. Taxable years of such U.S. companies are closed through 2019 for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We have various U.S. state and other foreign income tax returns in the process of examination. From time to time, these audits result in proposed assessments where the ultimate resolution may result in owing additional taxes. We believe that our tax positions comply with applicable tax law and that we have adequately provided for these matters.
Note 11. Derivative Instruments
Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
We enter into derivative instruments for risk management purposes, including derivatives designated as cash flow hedges and derivatives designated as net investment hedges. We use derivatives to manage our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and currency exchange rates.
Interest Rate Swaps
At December 31, 2023, we had outstanding receive-variable, pay-fixed interest rate swaps with a total notional value of $3,500 million to hedge the variability in the interest payments on a portion of our Term Loan Facilities, including any subsequent refinancing or replacement of the Term Loan Facilities, beginning August 31, 2021 through the termination date of October 31, 2028. Additionally, at December 31, 2023, we also had outstanding receive-variable, pay-fixed interest rate swaps with a total notional value of $500 million to hedge the variability in the interest payments on a portion of our Term Loan Facilities effective September 30, 2019 through the termination date of September 30, 2026. Following the discontinuance of the U.S. dollar LIBOR after June 30, 2023, the interest rate on all these interest rate swaps transitioned from LIBOR to SOFR, with no impact to hedge effectiveness and no change in accounting treatment as a result of applicable accounting relief guidance for the transition away from LIBOR. At inception, all of these interest rate swaps were designated as cash flow hedges for hedge accounting. The unrealized changes in market value are recorded in AOCI, net of tax, and reclassified into interest expense during the period in which the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. The net amount of pre-tax gains in connection with these net unrealized gains in AOCI as of December 31, 2023 that we expect to be reclassified into interest expense within the next 12 months is $115 million.
Cross-Currency Rate Swaps
To protect the value of our investments in our foreign operations against adverse changes in foreign currency exchange rates, we hedge a portion of our net investment in one or more of our foreign subsidiaries by using cross-currency rate swaps. At December 31, 2023, we had outstanding cross-currency rate swap contracts between the Canadian dollar and U.S. dollar and the Euro and U.S. dollar that have been designated as net investment hedges of a portion of our equity in foreign operations in those currencies. The component of the gains and losses on our net investment in these designated foreign operations driven by changes in foreign exchange rates are economically partly offset by movements in the fair value of our cross-currency swap contracts. The fair value of the swaps is calculated each period with changes in fair value reported in AOCI, net of tax. Such amounts will remain in AOCI until the complete or substantially complete liquidation of our investment in the underlying foreign operations.
At December 31, 2023, we had outstanding cross-currency rate swaps that we entered into during 2022 to partially hedge the net investment in our Canadian subsidiaries. At inception, these cross-currency rate swaps were designated as a hedge and are accounted for as net investment hedges. These swaps are contracts in which we receive quarterly fixed-rate interest payments on the U.S. dollar notional amount of $5,000 million through the maturity date of September 30, 2028.
During 2022, we de-designated existing cross-currency rate swap hedges between the Canadian dollar and U.S. dollar with a total notional amount of $5,000 million for hedge accounting. As a result of these de-designations, changes in fair value of these un-designated hedges were recognized in earnings. Concurrently with these de-designations and to offset the changes in fair value recognized in earnings, we entered into off-setting cross-currency rate swaps, with a total notional amount of $5,000 million, that were not designated as a hedge for hedge accounting and as such changes in fair value were recognized in earnings. The balances in AOCI associated with the de-designated cross-currency rate swaps will remain in AOCI and will only be reclassified into earnings if and when the net investment in our Canadian subsidiaries is sold or substantially sold. The entire notional amount of the de-designated cross-currency rate swaps and the off-setting cross-currency rate swaps were cash settled during 2022 for approximately $35 million in net proceeds and included within operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows.
At December 31, 2023, we had outstanding cross-currency rate swap contracts between the Euro and U.S. dollar in which we receive quarterly fixed-rate interest payments on the U.S. dollar aggregate amount of $2,750 million, of which $1,400 million have a maturity date of October 31, 2026, $1,200 million have a maturity date of November 30, 2028, and $150 million have a maturity date of October 31, 2028. At inception, these cross-currency rate swaps were designated and continue to be hedges and are accounted for as a net investment hedge. During 2023, we settled our previously existing cross-currency rate swaps in which we paid quarterly fixed-rate interest payments on the Euro notional amount of €1,108 million and received quarterly fixed-rate interest payments on the U.S. dollar notional amount of $1,200 million and an original maturity date of February 17, 2024. During 2023, we also settled our previously existing cross-currency rate swap contracts between the Euro and U.S. dollar with a notional value of $900 million and an original maturity date of February 17, 2024. In connection with these settlements, we received $69 million in cash which is included within operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows.
In connection with the cross-currency rate swaps hedging Canadian dollar and Euro net investments, we utilize the spot method to exclude the interest component (the “Excluded Component”) from the accounting hedge without affecting net investment hedge accounting and amortize the Excluded Component over the life of the derivative instrument. The amortization of the Excluded Component is recognized in Interest expense, net in the condensed consolidated statement of operations. The change in fair value that is not related to the Excluded Component is recorded in AOCI and will be reclassified to earnings when the foreign subsidiaries are sold or substantially liquidated.
Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts
We use foreign exchange derivative instruments to manage the impact of foreign exchange fluctuations on U.S. dollar purchases and payments, such as coffee purchases made by our Canadian Tim Hortons operations. At December 31, 2023, we had outstanding forward currency contracts to manage this risk in which we sell Canadian dollars and buy U.S. dollars with a notional value of $169 million with maturities to February 18, 2025. We have designated these instruments as cash flow hedges, and as such, the unrealized changes in market value of effective hedges are recorded in AOCI and are reclassified into earnings during the period in which the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings.
Credit Risk
By entering into derivative contracts, we are exposed to counterparty credit risk. Counterparty credit risk is the failure of the counterparty to perform under the terms of the derivative contract. When the fair value of a derivative contract is in an asset position, the counterparty has a liability to us, which creates credit risk for us. We attempt to minimize this risk by selecting counterparties with investment grade credit ratings and regularly monitoring our market position with each counterparty.
Credit-Risk Related Contingent Features
Our derivative instruments do not contain any credit-risk related contingent features.
Quantitative Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Fair Value Measurements
The following tables present the required quantitative disclosures for our derivative instruments, including their estimated fair values (all estimated using Level 2 inputs) and their location on our consolidated balance sheets (in millions):
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Gain or (Loss) Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) |
| 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges(1) | | | | | |
Interest rate swaps | $ | 41 | | | $ | 509 | | | $ | 132 | |
Forward-currency contracts | $ | (2) | | | $ | 14 | | | $ | — | |
Derivatives designated as net investment hedges | | | | | |
Cross-currency rate swaps | $ | (210) | | | $ | 409 | | | $ | 96 | |
(1) We did not exclude any components from the cash flow hedge relationships presented in this table.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Location of Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI into Earnings | | Gain or (Loss) Reclassified from AOCI into Earnings |
| | | | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges | | | | | | | | |
Interest rate swaps | | Interest expense, net | | $ | 83 | | | $ | (54) | | | $ | (125) | |
Forward-currency contracts | | Cost of sales | | $ | 7 | | | $ | 8 | | | $ | (7) | |
| | | | | | | | |
| | Location of Gain or (Loss) Recognized in Earnings | | Gain or (Loss) Recognized in Earnings (Amount Excluded from Effectiveness Testing) |
| | | | 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
Derivatives designated as net investment hedges | | | | | | | | |
Cross-currency rate swaps | | Interest expense, net | | $ | 61 | | | $ | 56 | | | $ | 45 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Fair Value as of December 31, | | |
| 2023 | | 2022 | | Balance Sheet Location |
Assets: | | | | | |
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges | | | | | |
Interest rate | $ | 190 | | | $ | 280 | | | Other assets, net |
Foreign currency | — | | | 7 | | | Prepaids and other current assets |
Derivatives designated as net investment hedges | | | | | |
Foreign currency | 7 | | | 78 | | | Other assets, net |
Total assets at fair value | $ | 197 | | | $ | 365 | | | |
| | | | | |
Liabilities: | | | | | |
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges | | | | | |
| | | | | |
Foreign currency | $ | 2 | | | $ | — | | | Other accrued liabilities |
Derivatives designated as net investment hedges | | | | | |
Foreign currency | 227 | | | 34 | | | Other liabilities, net |
Total liabilities at fair value | $ | 229 | | | $ | 34 | | | |
Note 12. Shareholders’ Equity
Special Voting Share
The holders of the Partnership exchangeable units are indirectly entitled to vote in respect of matters on which holders of the common shares of the Company are entitled to vote, including in respect of the election of RBI directors, through a special voting share of the Company (the “Special Voting Share”). The Special Voting Share is held by a trustee, entitling the trustee to that number of votes on matters on which holders of common shares of the Company are entitled to vote equal to the number of Partnership exchangeable units outstanding. The trustee is required to cast such votes in accordance with voting instructions provided by holders of Partnership exchangeable units. At any shareholder meeting of the Company, holders of our common shares vote together as a single class with the Special Voting Share except as otherwise provided by law.
Noncontrolling Interests
We reflect a noncontrolling interest which primarily represents the interests of the holders of Partnership exchangeable units in Partnership that are not held by RBI. The holders of Partnership exchangeable units held an economic interest of approximately 29.9% and 31.8% in Partnership common equity through the ownership of 133,597,764 and 142,996,640 Partnership exchangeable units as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreement, each holder of a Partnership exchangeable unit is entitled to distributions from Partnership in an amount equal to any dividends or distributions that we declare and pay with respect to our common shares. Additionally, each holder of a Partnership exchangeable unit is entitled to vote in respect of matters on which holders of RBI common shares are entitled to vote through our special voting share. A holder of a Partnership exchangeable unit may require Partnership to exchange all or any portion of such holder’s Partnership exchangeable units for our common shares at a ratio of one common share for each Partnership exchangeable unit, subject to our right as the general partner of Partnership, in our sole discretion, to deliver a cash payment in lieu of our common shares. If we elect to make a cash payment in lieu of issuing common shares, the amount of the payment will be the weighted average trading price of the common shares on the New York Stock Exchange for the 20 consecutive trading days ending on the last business day prior to the exchange date.
During 2023, Partnership exchanged 9,398,876 Partnership exchangeable units, pursuant to exchange notices received. In accordance with the terms of the partnership agreement, Partnership satisfied the exchange notices by exchanging 9,398,876 Partnership exchangeable units for the same number of newly issued RBI common shares. During 2022, Partnership exchanged 1,996,818 Partnership exchangeable units, pursuant to exchange notices received. In accordance with the terms of the partnership agreement, Partnership satisfied the exchange notices by exchanging 1,996,818 Partnership exchangeable units for the same number of newly issued RBI common shares. During 2021, Partnership exchanged 10,119,880 Partnership exchangeable units, pursuant to exchange notices received. In accordance with the terms of the partnership agreement, Partnership satisfied the exchange notices by exchanging 10,119,880 Partnership exchangeable units for the same number of newly issued RBI common shares. The exchanges represented increases in our ownership interest in Partnership and were accounted for as equity transactions, with no gain or loss recorded in the consolidated statements of operations. Pursuant to the terms of the partnership agreement, upon the exchange of Partnership exchangeable units, each such Partnership exchangeable unit was cancelled concurrently with the exchange.
Share Repurchases
On August 31, 2023, our Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program that allows us to purchase up to $1,000 million of our common shares until September 30, 2025. This approval follows the expiration of our prior two-year authorization to repurchase up to the same $1,000 million amount of our common shares. During 2023, we repurchased and cancelled 7,639,137 common shares for $500 million. During 2022, we repurchased and cancelled 6,101,364 common shares for $326 million. During 2021, we repurchased and cancelled 9,247,648 common shares for $551 million. As of December 31, 2023, we had $500 million remaining under the authorization.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
The following table displays the change in the components of AOCI (in millions):
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Derivatives | | Pensions | | Foreign Currency Translation | | Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) |
Balances at December 31, 2020 | $ | (69) | | | $ | (30) | | | $ | (755) | | | $ | (854) | |
Foreign currency translation adjustment | — | | | — | | | (67) | | | (67) | |
Net change in fair value of derivatives, net of tax | 207 | | | — | | | — | | | 207 | |
Amounts reclassified to earnings of cash flow hedges, net of tax | 96 | | | — | | | — | | | 96 | |
Pension and post-retirement benefit plans, net of tax | — | | | 15 | | | — | | | 15 | |
Amounts attributable to noncontrolling interests | (98) | | | (6) | | | (3) | | | (107) | |
Balances at December 31, 2021 | $ | 136 | | | $ | (21) | | | $ | (825) | | | $ | (710) | |
Foreign currency translation adjustment | — | | | — | | | (703) | | | (703) | |
Net change in fair value of derivatives, net of tax | 714 | | | — | | | — | | | 714 | |
Amounts reclassified to earnings of cash flow hedges, net of tax | 34 | | | — | | | — | | | 34 | |
Pension and post-retirement benefit plans, net of tax | — | | | 6 | | | — | | | 6 | |
Amounts attributable to noncontrolling interests | (236) | | | (2) | | | 218 | | | (20) | |
Balances at December 31, 2022 | $ | 648 | | | $ | (17) | | | $ | (1,310) | | | $ | (679) | |
Foreign currency translation adjustment | — | | | — | | | 250 | | | 250 | |
Net change in fair value of derivatives, net of tax | (203) | | | — | | | — | | | (203) | |
Amounts reclassified to earnings of cash flow hedges, net of tax | (66) | | | — | | | — | | | (66) | |
Pension and post-retirement benefit plans, net of tax | — | | | 7 | | | — | | | 7 | |
Amounts attributable to noncontrolling interests | 101 | | | (3) | | | (113) | | | (15) | |
Balances at December 31, 2023 | $ | 480 | | | $ | (13) | | | $ | (1,173) | | | $ | (706) | |
Note 13. Share-based Compensation
We are currently issuing awards under the 2023 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2023 Plan”) and the number of shares available for issuance under such plan as of December 31, 2023 was 15,319,222. The 2023 Plan, and, prior to its adoption our Amended and Restated 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan as amended (the “2014 Plan” and together with the 2023 Plan, the “Omnibus Plans”), permits the grant of several types of awards with respect to our common shares, including stock options, time-vested RSUs, and performance-based RSUs, which may include Company, S&P 500 Index and/or individual performance based-vesting conditions. Under the terms of the Omnibus Plans and the applicable award agreements, RSUs are generally entitled to dividend equivalents, which are not distributed unless the related awards vest. Upon vesting, the amount of the dividend equivalent, which is distributed in additional RSUs, except in the case of RSUs awarded to non-management members of our board of directors, is equal to the equivalent of the aggregate dividends declared on common shares during the period from the date of grant of the award compounded until the date the shares underlying the award are delivered.
We also have some outstanding awards under legacy plans for Burger King and Tim Hortons, which were assumed in connection with the merger and amalgamation of those entities within the RBI group. No new awards may be granted under the 2014 Plan or these legacy Burger King plans or legacy Tim Hortons plans.
Share-based compensation expense is generally classified as general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and consists of the following for the periods presented (in millions):
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
Total share-based compensation expense | $ | 177 | | | $ | 121 | | | $ | 88 | |
As of December 31, 2023, total unrecognized compensation cost related to share-based compensation arrangements was $285 million and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 2.7 years.
Restricted Stock Units
The fair value of the time-vested RSUs and performance-based RSUs is based on the closing price of the Company’s common shares on the trading day preceding the date of grant. Time-vested RSUs are expensed over the vesting period. Performance-based RSUs are expensed over the vesting period, based upon the probability that the performance target will be met. We grant fully vested RSUs, with dividend equivalent rights that accrue in cash, to non-employee members of our board of directors in lieu of a cash retainer and committee fees. All such RSUs will settle and common shares of the Company will be issued following termination of service by the board member.
Starting in 2021, grants of time-vested RSUs generally vest 25% per year on December 15th or 31st over four years from the grant date and performance-based RSUs generally cliff vest three years from the grant date (the starting date for the applicable vesting period is referred to as the “Anniversary Date”). Time-vested RSUs and performance-based RSUs awarded prior to 2021 generally cliff vest five years from the original grant date.
During 2022, the Company granted performance-based RSUs that cliff vest three years from the original grant date based on achievement of performance metrics with a multiplier that can increase or decrease the amount vested based on the achievement of contractually defined relative total shareholder return targets with respect to the S&P 500 Index. Performance-based RSUs granted in 2021 and 2023 cliff vest three years from the original grant date based solely on defined relative total shareholder return targets with respect to the S&P 500 Index. Performance-based RSUs granted to the CEO in 2023 cliff vest five years from the date of grant and may be earned from 50% for threshold performance to 200% for maximum performance, based on meeting performance targets tied to the appreciation of the price of RBI common shares, with none of the award being earned if the threshold is not met. The respective fair value of these performance-based RSU awards was based on a Monte Carlo Simulation valuation model and these market condition awards are expensed over the vesting period. The total fair value of performance-based RSUs that solely have a performance condition relative to the S&P 500 Index does not change regardless of the value that the award recipients ultimately receive.
For grants of time-vested RSUs beginning in 2021, if the employee is terminated for any reason prior to any vesting date, the employee will forfeit all of the RSUs that are unvested at the time of termination. For grants of performance-based RSUs beginning in 2021, if the employee is terminated within the first two years of the Anniversary Date, 100% of the performance-based RSUs will be forfeited. If we terminate the employment of a performance-based RSU holder without cause at least two years after the grant date, or if the employee retires, the employee will become vested in 67% of the performance-based RSUs that are earned based on the performance criteria.
For grants prior to 2021, if the employee is terminated for any reason within the first two years of the Anniversary Date, 100% of the time-vested RSUs granted will be forfeited. If we terminate the employment of a time-vested RSU holder without cause two years after the Anniversary Date, or if the employee retires, the employee will become vested in the number of time-vested RSUs as if the time-vested RSUs vested 20% for each anniversary after the grant date. Also, for grants prior to 2021, if the employee is terminated for any reason within the first three years of the Anniversary Date, 100% of the performance-based RSUs granted will be forfeited. If we terminate the employment of a performance-based RSU holder without cause between three and five years after the Anniversary Date, or if the employee retires, the employee will become vested in 50% of the performance-based RSUs.
An alternate ratable vesting schedule applies to the extent the participant ends employment by reason of death or disability.
Chairman Awards
In connection with the appointment of the Executive Chairman in November 2022, the Company made one-time grants of options, RSUs and performance-based RSUs with specific terms and conditions. The Company granted 2,000,000 options with an exercise price equal to the closing price of RBI common shares on the trading day preceding the date of grant that cliff vest five years from the date of grant and expire after ten years. The Company granted 500,000 RSUs that vest ratably over five years on the anniversary of the grant date. Lastly, the Company granted 750,000 performance-based RSUs that cliff vest five and a half years from the date of grant and may be earned from 50% for threshold performance to 200% for maximum performance, based on meeting performance targets tied to the appreciation of the price of RBI common shares, with none of the award being earned if the threshold is not met. The respective fair value of these performance-based RSU awards was based on a Monte Carlo Simulation valuation model and these market condition awards are expensed over the vesting period regardless of the value that the award recipient ultimately receives.
Restricted Stock Units Activity
The following is a summary of time-vested RSUs and performance-based RSUs activity for the year ended December 31, 2023:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Time-vested RSUs | | Performance-based RSUs |
| Total Number of Shares (in 000’s) | | Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value | | Total Number of Shares (in 000’s) | | Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value |
Outstanding at January 1, 2023 | 3,553 | | | $ | 57.31 | | | 6,437 | | | $ | 57.43 | |
Granted | 1,005 | | | $ | 68.40 | | | 1,458 | | | $ | 59.66 | |
Vested and settled | (1,398) | | | $ | 58.96 | | | (670) | | | $ | 59.53 | |
Dividend equivalents granted | 105 | | | $ | — | | | 227 | | | $ | — | |
Forfeited | (231) | | | $ | 61.67 | | | (106) | | | $ | 69.28 | |
Outstanding at December 31, 2023 | 3,034 | | | $ | 60.29 | | | 7,346 | | | $ | 57.68 | |
The weighted-average grant date fair value of time-vested RSUs granted was $57.24 and $60.97 during 2022 and 2021, respectively. The weighted-average grant date fair value of performance-based RSUs granted was $51.31 and $57.60 during 2022 and 2021, respectively. The total fair value, determined as of the date of vesting, of RSUs vested and converted to common shares of the Company during 2023, 2022 and 2021 was $141 million, $58 million and $99 million, respectively.
Stock Options
Stock option awards are granted with an exercise price or market value equal to the closing price of our common shares on the trading day preceding the date of grant. We satisfy stock option exercises through the issuance of authorized but previously unissued common shares. Stock option grants generally cliff vest 5 years from the original grant date, provided the employee is continuously employed by us or one of our affiliates, and the stock options expire 10 years following the grant date. Additionally, if we terminate the employment of a stock option holder without cause prior to the vesting date, or if the employee retires or becomes disabled, the employee will become vested in the number of stock options as if the stock options vested 20% on each anniversary of the grant date. If the employee dies, the employee will become vested in the number of stock options as if the stock options vested 20% on the first anniversary of the grant date, 40% on the second anniversary of the grant date and 100% on the third anniversary of the grant date. If an employee is terminated with cause or resigns before vesting, all stock options are forfeited. If there is an event such as a return of capital or dividend that is determined to be dilutive, the exercise price of the awards will be adjusted accordingly.
The following assumptions were used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of stock option awards granted in 2022 at the grant date. There were no significant stock option awards granted in 2023 or 2021.
| | | | | |
| 2022 |
Risk-free interest rate | 3.92% |
Expected term (in years) | 7.50 |
Expected volatility | 30.0% |
Expected dividend yield | 3.24% |
The risk-free interest rate was based on the U.S. Treasury or Canadian Sovereign bond yield with a remaining term equal to the expected option life assumed at the date of grant. The expected term was calculated based on the analysis of a five-year vesting period coupled with our expectations of exercise activity. Expected volatility was based on the historical and implied equity volatility of the Company. The expected dividend yield is based on the annual dividend yield at the time of grant.
Stock Options Activity
The following is a summary of stock option activity under our plans for the year ended December 31, 2023:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Total Number of Options (in 000’s) | | Weighted Average Exercise Price | | Aggregate Intrinsic Value (a) (in 000’s) | | Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years) |
Outstanding at January 1, 2023 | 7,494 | | | $ | 58.00 | | | | | |
Granted | 28 | | | $ | 70.58 | | | | | |
Exercised | (1,260) | | | $ | 47.80 | | | | | |
Forfeited | (64) | | | $ | 64.85 | | | | | |
Outstanding at December 31, 2023 | 6,198 | | | $ | 60.23 | | | $ | 111,001 | | | 5.6 |
Exercisable at December 31, 2023 | 2,520 | | | $ | 51.55 | | | $ | 66,983 | | | 2.8 |
Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2023 | 5,978 | | | $ | 60.02 | | | $ | 108,271 | | | 5.6 |
(a)The intrinsic value represents the amount by which the fair value of our stock exceeds the option exercise price at December 31, 2023.
The weighted-average grant date fair value per stock option granted was $18.61, $17.52, and $10.15 during 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised was $30 million during 2023, $10 million during 2022, and $46 million during 2021.
Note 14. Revenue Recognition
Contract Liabilities
Contract liabilities consist of deferred revenue resulting from initial and renewal franchise fees paid by franchisees, as well as upfront fees paid by master franchisees, which are generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the underlying agreement. We may recognize unamortized franchise fees and upfront fees when a contract with a franchisee or master franchisee is modified and is accounted for as a termination of the existing contract. We classify these contract liabilities as Other liabilities, net in our consolidated balance sheets. The following table reflects the change in contract liabilities on a consolidated basis between December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2023 (in millions):
| | | | | | | | |
Contract Liabilities | | |
Balance at December 31, 2022 | | $ | 540 | |
Recognized during period and included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the year | | (60) | |
Increase, excluding amounts recognized as revenue during the period | | 69 | |
Impact of foreign currency translation | | 6 | |
Balance at December 31, 2023 | | $ | 555 | |
The following table illustrates estimated revenues expected to be recognized in the future related to performance obligations that are unsatisfied (or partially unsatisfied) on a consolidated basis as of December 31, 2023 (in millions):
| | | | | | | | |
Contract liabilities expected to be recognized in | | |
2024 | | $ | 55 | |
2025 | | 53 | |
2026 | | 50 | |
2027 | | 47 | |
2028 | | 43 | |
Thereafter | | 307 | |
Total | | $ | 555 | |
Disaggregation of Total Revenues
As described in Note 17, Segment Reporting and Geographical Information, during the fourth quarter of 2023, we revised our internal reporting structure, which resulted in a change to our operating and reportable segments. As a result, we manage each of our brands’ United States and Canada operations as an operating and reportable segment and our international operations as an operating and reportable segment.
The following tables disaggregate revenue by segment (in millions):
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| 2023 |
| TH | | BK | | PLK | | FHS | | INTL | | Total |
Sales | $ | 2,725 | | | $ | 97 | | | $ | 89 | | | $ | 39 | | | $ | — | | | $ | 2,950 | |
Royalties | 324 | | | 483 | | | 291 | | | 69 | | | 753 | | | 1,920 | |
Property revenues | 609 | | | 227 | | | 13 | | | — | | | 2 | | | 851 | |
Franchise fees and other revenue | 22 | | | 20 | | | 10 | | | 31 | | | 49 | | | 132 | |
Advertising revenues and other services | 292 | | | 470 | | | 289 | | | 48 | | | 70 | | | 1,169 | |
Total revenues | $ | 3,972 | | | $ | 1,297 | | | $ | 692 | | | $ | 187 | | | $ | 874 | | | $ | 7,022 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| 2022 |
| TH | | BK | | PLK | | FHS | | INTL | | Total |
Sales | $ | 2,631 | | | $ | 70 | | | $ | 78 | | | $ | 40 | | | $ | — | | | $ | 2,819 | |
Royalties | 302 | | | 450 | | | 264 | | | 66 | | | 655 | | | 1,737 | |
Property revenues | 576 | | | 222 | | | 12 | | | — | | | 3 | | | 813 | |
Franchise fees and other revenue | 26 | | | 16 | | | 8 | | | 19 | | | 42 | | | 111 | |
Advertising revenues and other services | 266 | | | 438 | | | 257 | | | 13 | | | 51 | | | 1,025 | |
Total revenues | $ | 3,801 | | | $ | 1,196 | | | $ | 619 | | | $ | 138 | | | $ | 751 | | | $ | 6,505 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| 2021 |
| TH | | BK | | PLK | | FHS | | INTL | | Total |
Sales | $ | 2,249 | | | $ | 64 | | | $ | 64 | | | $ | 1 | | | $ | — | | | $ | 2,378 | |
Royalties | 278 | | | 435 | | | 247 | | | 2 | | | 599 | | | 1,561 | |
Property revenues | 556 | | | 221 | | | 13 | | | — | | | 3 | | | 793 | |
Franchise fees and other revenue | 19 | | | 18 | | | 5 | | | 2 | | | 45 | | | 89 | |
Advertising revenues and other services | 229 | | | 418 | | | 230 | | | — | | | 41 | | | 918 | |
Total revenues | $ | 3,331 | | | $ | 1,156 | | | $ | 559 | | | $ | 5 | | | $ | 688 | | | $ | 5,739 | |
Note 15. Other Operating Expenses (Income), net
Other operating expenses (income), net, consist of the following (in millions): | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
Net losses (gains) on disposal of assets, restaurant closures and refranchisings | $ | 16 | | | $ | 4 | | | $ | 2 | |
Litigation settlements and reserves, net | 1 | | | 11 | | | 81 | |
Net losses (gains) on foreign exchange | 20 | | | (4) | | | (76) | |
Other, net | 18 | | | 14 | | | — | |
Other operating expenses (income), net | $ | 55 | | | $ | 25 | | | $ | 7 | |
Net losses (gains) on disposal of assets, restaurant closures, and refranchisings represent sales of properties and other costs related to restaurant closures and refranchisings. Gains and losses recognized in the current period may reflect certain costs related to closures and refranchisings that occurred in previous periods. The amount for 2023 includes asset write-offs and related costs in connection with the discontinuance of an internally developed software project.
Litigation settlements and reserves, net primarily reflects accruals and payments made and proceeds received in connection with litigation and arbitration matters and other business disputes.
In early 2022, we entered into negotiations to resolve business disputes that arose during 2021 with counterparties to the master franchise agreements for Burger King and Popeyes in China. Based on these discussions, we paid approximately $100 million in 2022, of which $5 million and $72 million was recorded as Litigation settlements and reserves, net in 2022 and 2021, respectively. The majority of this amount related to Popeyes, resolved our disputes, and allowed us to move forward in the market with a new master franchisee. Additionally, pursuant to this agreement we and our partners have made equity contributions to the Burger King business in China.
Net losses (gains) on foreign exchange is primarily related to revaluation of foreign denominated assets and liabilities, primarily those denominated in Euros and Canadian dollars.
Other, net for 2023 and 2022 are primarily related to payments in connection with FHS area representative buyouts.
Note 16. Commitments and Contingencies
Letters of Credit
As of December 31, 2023, we had $12 million in irrevocable standby letters of credit outstanding, which were issued primarily to certain insurance carriers to guarantee payments of deductibles for various insurance programs, such as health and commercial liability insurance. Of these letters of credit outstanding, $2 million are secured by the collateral under our Revolving Credit Facility and the remainder are secured by cash collateral. As of December 31, 2023, no amounts had been drawn on any of these irrevocable standby letters of credit.
Purchase Commitments
We have arrangements for information technology and telecommunication services with an aggregate contractual obligation of $30 million over the next three years, some of which have early termination fees. We also enter into commitments to purchase advertising. As of December 31, 2023, these commitments totaled $201 million and run through 2028.
Litigation
From time to time, we are involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business relating to matters including, but not limited to, disputes with franchisees, suppliers, employees and customers, as well as disputes over our intellectual property.
On October 5, 2018, a class action complaint was filed against Burger King Worldwide, Inc. (“BKW”) and Burger King Company, successor in interest, (“BKC”) in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida by Jarvis Arrington, individually and on behalf of all others similarly situated. On October 18, 2018, a second class action complaint was filed against RBI, BKW and BKC in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida by Monique Michel, individually and on behalf of all others similarly situated. On October 31, 2018, a third class action complaint was filed against BKC and BKW in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida by Geneva Blanchard and Tiffany Miller, individually and on behalf of all others similarly situated. On November 2, 2018, a fourth class action complaint was filed against RBI, BKW and BKC in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida by Sandra Munster, individually and on behalf of all others similarly situated. These complaints have been consolidated and allege that the defendants violated Section 1 of the Sherman Act by incorporating an employee no-solicitation and no-hiring clause in the standard form franchise agreement all Burger King franchisees are required to sign. Each plaintiff seeks injunctive relief and damages for himself or herself and other members of the class. On March 24, 2020, the Court granted BKC’s motion to dismiss for failure to state a claim and on April 20, 2020 the plaintiffs filed a motion for leave to amend their complaint. On April 27, 2020, BKC filed a motion opposing the motion for leave to amend. The court denied the plaintiffs motion for leave to amend their complaint in August 2020 and the plaintiffs appealed this ruling. In August 2022, the federal appellate court reversed the lower court's decision to dismiss the case and remanded the case to the lower court for further proceedings. While we intend to vigorously defend these claims, we are unable to predict the ultimate outcome of this case or estimate the range of possible loss, if any.
Note 17. Segment Reporting and Geographical Information
As stated in Note 1, Description of Business and Organization, we manage four brands. Under the Tim Hortons brand, we operate in the donut/coffee/tea category of the quick service segment of the restaurant industry. Under the Burger King brand, we operate in the fast food hamburger restaurant category of the quick service segment of the restaurant industry. Under the Popeyes brand, we operate in the chicken category of the quick service segment of the restaurant industry. Under the Firehouse Subs brand, we operate in the specialty subs category of the quick service segment of the restaurant industry.
Our business generates revenue from the following sources: (i) sales, consisting primarily of (1) Tim Hortons supply chain sales, which represent sales of products, supplies and restaurant equipment to franchisees, as well as sales of consumer packaged goods (“CPG”), and (2) sales at Company restaurants; (ii) franchise revenues, consisting primarily of royalties based on a percentage of sales reported by franchised restaurants and franchise fees paid by franchisees; (iii) property revenues from properties we lease or sublease to franchisees; and (iv) advertising revenues and other services, consisting primarily of (1) advertising fund contributions based on a percentage of sales reported by franchised restaurants to fund advertising expenses and (2) tech fees and revenues, that vary by market, and partially offset expenses related to technology initiatives.
During the fourth quarter of 2023, we revised our internal reporting structure, which resulted in a change to our operating and reportable segments. As a result, we manage each of our brands’ United States and Canada operations as an operating and reportable segment and our international operations as a separate operating and reportable segment.
Consequently, we have five operating and reportable segments: (1) TH, which includes all operations of our Tim Hortons brand in the United States and Canada, (2) BK, which includes all operations of our Burger King brand in the United States and Canada, (3) PLK, which includes all operations of our Popeyes brand in the United States and Canada, (4) FHS, which includes all operations of our Firehouse Subs brand in the United States and Canada, and (5) INTL, which includes all operations of each of our brands outside the United States and Canada. Our five operating segments represent our reportable segments. Prior year amounts presented have been reclassified to conform to this new segment presentation with no effect on previously reported consolidated results. FHS revenues and segment income for the period from the acquisition date of December 15, 2021 through December 26, 2021 (the fiscal year end for FHS) are included in our consolidated statement of operations for 2021.
The following tables present revenues, by segment and by country, depreciation and amortization, (income) loss from equity method investments, and capital expenditures by segment (in millions):
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
Revenues by operating segment: | | | | | |
TH | $ | 3,972 | | | $ | 3,801 | | | $ | 3,331 | |
BK | 1,297 | | | 1,196 | | | 1,156 | |
PLK | 692 | | | 619 | | | 559 | |
FHS | 187 | | | 138 | | | 5 | |
INTL | 874 | | | 751 | | | 688 | |
Total | $ | 7,022 | | | $ | 6,505 | | | $ | 5,739 | |
| | | | | |
Revenues by country (a): | | | | | |
Canada | $ | 3,630 | | | $ | 3,484 | | | $ | 3,048 | |
United States | 2,518 | | | 2,270 | | | 2,003 | |
Other | 874 | | | 751 | | | 688 | |
Total | $ | 7,022 | | | $ | 6,505 | | | $ | 5,739 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Depreciation and amortization: | | | | | |
TH | $ | 108 | | | $ | 114 | | | $ | 131 | |
BK | 46 | | | 45 | | | 44 | |
PLK | 11 | | | 10 | | | 9 | |
FHS | 4 | | | 4 | | | — | |
INTL | 22 | | | 17 | | | 17 | |
Total | $ | 191 | | | $ | 190 | | | $ | 201 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
(Income) loss from equity method investments: | | | | | |
TH | $ | (15) | | | $ | (13) | | | $ | (14) | |
BK | 8 | | | 27 | | | 7 | |
| | | | | |
INTL | (1) | | | 30 | | | 11 | |
Total | $ | (8) | | | $ | 44 | | | $ | 4 | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Capital expenditures: | | | | | |
TH | $ | 51 | | | $ | 39 | | | $ | 66 | |
BK | 37 | | | 31 | | | 13 | |
PLK | 9 | | | 9 | | | 13 | |
FHS | 4 | | | 3 | | | — | |
INTL | 19 | | | 18 | | | 14 | |
Total | $ | 120 | | | $ | 100 | | | $ | 106 | |
(a)Only Canada and the United States represented 10% or more of our total revenues in each period presented.
Our CODM manages assets on a consolidated basis. Accordingly, segment assets are not reported to our CODM or used in his decisions to allocate resources or assess performance of the segments. Therefore, total segment assets and long-lived assets have not been disclosed.
Total long-lived assets by country are as follows (in millions): | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | As of December 31, |
| | 2023 | | 2022 |
By country: | | | | |
Canada | | $ | 1,545 | | | $ | 1,531 | |
United States | | 1,578 | | | 1,558 | |
Other | | 41 | | | 25 | |
Total | | $ | 3,164 | | | $ | 3,114 | |
Long-lived assets include property and equipment, net, finance and operating lease right of use assets, net and net investment in property leased to franchisees. Only Canada and the United States represented 10% or more of our total long-lived assets as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022.
In connection with our change in operating and reportable segments, we also transitioned our definition of segment income from Adjusted EBITDA to Adjusted Operating Income and represents income from operations adjusted to exclude (i) franchise agreement amortization as a result of acquisition accounting, (ii) (income) loss from equity method investments, net of cash distributions received from equity method investments, (iii) other operating expenses (income), net and, (iv) income/expenses from non-recurring projects and non-operating activities. For the periods referenced, income/expenses from non-recurring projects and non-operating activities included (i) non-recurring fees and expense incurred in connection with the acquisition of Firehouse consisting of professional fees, compensation-related expenses and integration costs (“FHS Transaction costs”); and (ii) non-operating costs from professional advisory and consulting services associated with certain transformational corporate restructuring initiatives that rationalize our structure and optimize cash movements as well as services related to significant tax reform legislation and regulations (“Corporate restructuring and advisory fees”). Unlike Adjusted EBITDA, our previous measure of segment income, Adjusted Operating Income includes depreciation and amortization (excluding franchise agreement amortization) as well as share-based compensation and non-cash incentive compensation expense. Prior year amounts presented have been reclassified to conform to this new segment income presentation with no effect on previously reported consolidated results.
Adjusted Operating Income is used by management to measure operating performance of the business, excluding these non-cash and other specifically identified items that management believes are not relevant to management’s assessment of our operating performance. A reconciliation of segment income to net income consists of the following (in millions):
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| 2023 | | 2022 | | 2021 |
Segment income: | | | | | |
TH | $ | 958 | | | $ | 925 | | | $ | 845 | |
BK | 386 | | | 396 | | | 421 | |
PLK | 221 | | | 205 | | | 198 | |
FHS | 38 | | | 33 | | | 2 | |
INTL | 597 | | | 525 | | | 511 | |
Adjusted Operating Income | 2,200 | | | 2,084 | | | 1,977 | |
Franchise agreement amortization | 31 | | | 32 | | | 32 | |
FHS Transaction costs | 19 | | | 24 | | | 18 | |
Corporate restructuring and advisory fees | 38 | | | 46 | | | 16 | |
Impact of equity method investments (a) | 6 | | | 59 | | | 25 | |
Other operating expenses (income), net | 55 | | | 25 | | | 7 | |
Income from operations | 2,051 | | | 1,898 | | | 1,879 | |
Interest expense, net | 582 | | | 533 | | | 505 | |
Loss on early extinguishment of debt | 16 | | | — | | | 11 | |
Income tax (benefit) expense | (265) | | | (117) | | | 110 | |
Net income | $ | 1,718 | | | $ | 1,482 | | | $ | 1,253 | |
(a)Represents (i) (income) loss from equity method investments and (ii) cash distributions received from our equity method investments. Cash distributions received from our equity method investments are included in segment income.
Note 18. Subsequent Events
Dividends
On January 4, 2024, we paid a cash dividend of $0.55 per common share to common shareholders of record on December 21, 2023. On such date, Partnership also made a distribution in respect of each Partnership exchangeable unit in the amount of $0.55 per exchangeable unit to holders of record on December 21, 2023.
On February 13, 2024, we announced that the board of directors had declared a cash dividend of $0.58 per common share for the first quarter of 2024. The dividend will be paid on April 4, 2024 to common shareholders of record on March 21, 2024. Partnership will also make a distribution in respect of each Partnership exchangeable unit in the amount of $0.58 per Partnership exchangeable unit, and the record date and payment date for distributions on Partnership exchangeable units are the same as the record date and payment date set forth above.
Acquisition of Carrols Restaurant Group
On January 16, 2024, we announced that we have reached an agreement to acquire all of Carrols issued and outstanding shares that are not already held by RBI or its affiliates for $9.55 per share in an all cash transaction, or an aggregate total enterprise value of approximately $1.0 billion. Carrols is the largest Burger King franchisee in the U.S. today, currently operating approximately 1,020 Burger King restaurants and approximately 60 Popeyes restaurants.
The transaction is expected to be completed in the second quarter of 2024 and is subject to customary closing conditions, including approval by the holders of the majority of common stock held by Carrols stockholders excluding shares held by RBI and its affiliates and officers of Carrols in addition to approval by holders of a majority of outstanding common stock of Carrols.
The transaction is not subject to a financing contingency and is expected to be financed with cash on hand and term loan debt for which RBI has received a financing commitment.
*****
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
An evaluation was conducted under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Financial Officer (CFO), of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15e under the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2023. Based on that evaluation, the CEO and CFO concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of such date.
Internal Control over Financial Reporting
The Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO, confirm that there were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of 2023 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and the report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are set forth in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Item 9B. Other Information
Item 5.02 Departure of Directors or Certain Officers; Appointment of Certain Officers; Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers
(e)
Pursuant to RBI’s Bonus Swap Program, RBI provides eligible employees, including its named executive officers, or NEOs, the ability to invest 25% or 50% of their net cash bonus into RBI common shares (“Investment Shares”) and leverage the investment through the issuance of matching restricted share units (“RSUs”). The matching RSUs vest ratably over four years on December 15th of each year, beginning the year of grant. All of the unvested matching RSUs will be forfeited if an NEO’s service (including service on the Board of Directors of RBI) is terminated for any reason (other than death or disability) prior to the date of vesting. If an NEO transfers any Investment Shares before the vesting date, he or she will forfeit 100% of the unvested matching RSUs. All of RBI’s eligible NEOs elected to participate in the 2023 Bonus Swap Program at the 50% level. On January 29, 2024, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Compensation Committee”) approved the 2024 bonus swap program on substantially the same terms as the 2023 bonus swap program.
On January 29, 2024, the Compensation Committee determined to increase the base salary of NEOs to reflect the competitive market. These changes will be effective March 1, 2024: Mr. Kobza’s base salary will increase from $900,000 to $950,000, Mr. Dunnigan’s base salary will increase from $650,000 to $685,000 and Mr. Shear’s base salary will increase from $700,000 to $735,000. The bonus targets as a percentage of salary for NEOs have not changed.
On January 29, 2024, the Compensation Committee approved the 2024 Annual Bonus Program. For 2024 annual incentive, each of the NEOs will have 25% of the target based on achievement of individual metrics which may be earned from 0% up to 100% and 75% of the target based on a mix of comparable sales achievement, net restaurant growth (“NRG”) achievement, franchisee profitability and on organic adjusted operating income (“AOI”) achievement, each of which may be earned from a threshold of 50% to a maximum of 200%; with the weighting based on the applicable business unit. For corporate roles, the weighting is 15% NRG achievement, 20% comparable sales achievement, 10% franchisee profitability achievement and 30% organic AOI achievement. Overall, any annual incentive payout will require (1) achievement of the threshold amount of organic AOI, (2) that individual achievement must also be earned at no less than 20% and (3) that certain general and administrative expense targets must be met.
On January 29, 2024, the Compensation Committee approved performance based RSUs (“PSUs”) discretionary awards to Messrs. Kobza, Dunnigan, and Shear, which consist of the following PSUs at target based on the closing price on February 22, 2024: $9 million for Mr. Kobza, $2.5 million for Mr. Dunnigan, and $4.5 million for Mr. Shear. The performance measure for purposes of determining the number of PSUs earned by each of Messrs. Kobza, Dunnigan, and Shear is the relative total shareholder return of RBI shares on the NYSE compared to the S&P 500 for the period from February 23, 2024 to February 23, 2027. The Compensation Committee established a target performance level from the 50th to 60th percentile, a performance threshold at or above which 50% of target is earned and below which no shares are earned at the 25th percentile, and a maximum performance level at the 85th percentile
at or above which 150% of the target is earned. Amounts earned between threshold and 50th percentile or 60th percentile and maximum will be based on linear interpolation. Once earned, the PSUs will cliff vest on March 15, 2027. In addition, if an executive’s service to RBI is terminated (other than due to death or disability) prior to February 23, 2026, he or she will forfeit the entire award. A copy of the form of the Performance Award Agreement between RBI and each of the NEOs is filed herewith as Exhibit 10.14(c). This summary is qualified in its entirety to the full text of the form of award agreement.
Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections
None.
Part III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
The information required by this Item, other than the information regarding our executive officers set forth under the heading "Executive Officers of the Registrant" in Part I of this Form 10-K, required by Item 401 of Regulation S-K, is incorporated herein by reference from RBI’s definitive proxy statement to be filed no later than 120 days after December 31, 2023. We refer to this proxy statement as the RBI Definitive Proxy Statement.
Item 11. Executive Compensation
The information required by this item will be contained in the RBI Definitive Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The information required by this item, other than the information regarding our equity plans set forth below required by Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K, will be contained in the RBI Definitive Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans
Information regarding equity awards outstanding under our compensation plans as of December 31, 2023 was as follows (amounts in thousands, except per share data):
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| (a) | | (b) | | (c) |
Plan Category | Number of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights | | Weighted-Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights(1) | | Number of Securities Remaining Available for Future Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans (Excluding Securities Reflected in Column (a)) |
Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Security Holders | 16,578 | | | $ | 60.23 | | | 15,319 | |
Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by Security Holders | — | | | — | | | — | |
Total | 16,578 | | | $ | 60.23 | | | 15,319 | |
(1)The weighted average exercise price does not take into account the common shares issuable upon outstanding RSUs vesting, which have no exercise price.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The information required by this item will be contained in the RBI Definitive Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services
Our independent registered public accounting firm is KPMG LLP, Miami, FL, Auditor Firm ID: 185.
The information required by this item will be contained in the RBI Definitive Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Part IV
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a)(1)All Financial Statements
Consolidated financial statements filed as part of this report are listed under Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
(a)(2)Financial Statement Schedules
No schedules are required because either the required information is not present or is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.
(a)(3)Exhibits
The following exhibits are filed as part of this report. | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Exhibit Number | | Description | | Incorporated by Reference |
| | |
| | | | |
| | |
| | | | |
| | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | |
| | | | |
| | |
| | Indenture, dated as of September 24, 2019, by and among 1011778 B.C. Unlimited Liability Company, as issuer, New Red Finance, Inc., as co-issuer, the guarantors from time to time party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and as collateral agent. | | |
| | | | |
| |
| | |
| | | | |
| | Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 6, 2021, by and among 1011778 B.C. Unlimited Liability Company, as issuer, New Red Finance, Inc., as co-issuer, the guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent. | | |
| | | | |
| | Indenture, dated as of November 19, 2019, by and among 1011778 B.C. Unlimited Liability Company, as issuer, New Red Finance, Inc., as co-issuer, the guarantors from time to time party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and as collateral agent. | |
|
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Indenture, dated as of April 7, 2020, by and among 1011778 B.C. Unlimited Liability Company, as issuer, New Red Finance, Inc., as co-issuer, the guarantors from time to time party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and as collateral agent. | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | Indenture, dated as of October 5, 2020, by and among 1011778 B.C. Unlimited Liability Company, as issuer, New Red Finance, Inc., as co-issuer, the guarantors from time to time party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent. | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 2, 2020, by and among 1011778 B.C. Unlimited Liability Company, as issuer, New Red Finance, Inc., as co-issuer, the guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent. | | |
| | | | |
| | Indenture, dated as of November 9, 2020, by and among 1011778 B.C. Unlimited Liability Company, as issuer, New Red Finance, Inc., as co-issuer, the guarantors from time to time party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent. | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | Credit Agreement, dated October 27, 2014, among 1011778 B.C. Unlimited Liability Company, as the Parent Borrower, New Red Finance, Inc., as the Subsidiary Borrower, 1013421 B.C. Unlimited Liability Company, as Holdings, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, the Lenders Party thereto, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Syndication Agent, the Parties listed thereto as Co-Documentation Agents, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, and Wells Fargo Securities LLC, as Joint Lead Arrangers, and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Wells Fargo Securities LLC, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner and Smith, Incorporated, as Joint Book Runners (the “Credit Agreement”). | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| |
| |
|
| | | | |
| |
| |
|
| | | | |
| |
| |
|
| | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| |
| |
|
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | Incremental Facility Amendment No. 4, dated as of September 6, 2019, to the Credit Agreement, dated October 27, 2014, by and among 1011778 B.C. Unlimited Liability Company, as parent borrower, New Red Finance, Inc., as subsidiary borrower, 1013421 B.C. Unlimited Liability Company, the other guarantors party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent and swing line lender, and the other lenders party thereto. | |
|
| | | | |
| | Amendment No. 4, dated as of November 19, 2019, to the Credit Agreement, dated October 27, 2014, by and among 1011778 B.C. Unlimited Liability Company, as parent borrower, New Red Finance, Inc., as subsidiary borrower, 1013421 B.C. Unlimited Liability Company, the other guarantors party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent and swing line lender, and the other lenders party thereto. | |
|
| | | | |
| | Amendment No. 5, dated as of April 2, 2020, to the Credit Agreement, dated October 27, 2014, by and among 1011778 B.C. Unlimited Liability Company, as parent borrower, New Red Finance, Inc., as subsidiary borrower, 1013421 B.C. Unlimited Liability Company, the other guarantors party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent and swing line lender, and the other lenders party thereto. | | |
| | | | |
| | Incremental Facility Amendment No. 5 and Amendment No. 6, dated as of December 13, 2021, to the Credit Agreement, dated October 27, 2014 (as amended), by and among 1011778 B.C. Unlimited Liability Company, as parent borrower, New Red Finance, Inc., as subsidiary borrower, 1013421 B.C. Unlimited Liability Company, the other guarantors party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent and swing line lender, and the other lenders party thereto. | | |
| | | | |
| | Amendment No. 7, dated as of September 21, 2023, to the Credit Agreement, dated October 27, 2014, by an among 1011778 B.C. Unlimited Liability Company, as parent borrower, New Red Finance, Inc., as subsidiary borrower, 1013421 B.C. Unlimited Liability Company, the other guarantors party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent and swing line lender, and the other lenders party thereto. | | |
| | | | |
| | Amendment No. 8, dated as of December 28, 2023, to the Credit Agreement, dated October 27, 2014, by and among 1011778 B.C. Unlimited Liability Company, as parent borrower, 1013421 B.C. Unlimited Liability Company, Restaurant Brands International Limited Partnership, 1013414 B.C. Unlimited Liability Company, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent. | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
| | | | |
101.INS | | XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document | | Filed herewith. |
| | | | |
101.SCH | | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document. | | Filed herewith. |
| | | | |
101.CAL | | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document. | | Filed herewith. |
| | | | |
101.DEF | | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document. | | Filed herewith. |
| | | | |
101.LAB | | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document. | | Filed herewith. |
| | | | |
101.PRE | | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document. | | Filed herewith. |
| | | | |
104 | | Cover Page Interactive File | | Formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101. |
| | | | | |
| |
* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement |
Certain instruments relating to long-term borrowings, constituting less than 10 percent of the total assets of the Registrant and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, are not filed as exhibits herewith pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii)(A) of Regulation S-K. The Registrant agrees to furnish copies of such instruments to the SEC upon request.
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary
None.
Signatures
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | |
Restaurant Brands International Inc. |
| |
By: | | /s/ Joshua Kobza |
| | Name: | | Joshua Kobza |
| | Title: | | Chief Executive Officer |
Date: February 22, 2024
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Signature | | Title | | Date |
| | |
/s/ Joshua Kobza | | Chief Executive Officer | | February 22, 2024 |
Joshua Kobza | | (principal executive officer) | | |
| | |
/s/ Matthew Dunnigan | | Chief Financial Officer | | February 22, 2024 |
Matthew Dunnigan | | (principal financial officer) | | |
| | |
/s/ Jacqueline Friesner | | Controller and Chief Accounting Officer | | February 22, 2024 |
Jacqueline Friesner | | (principal accounting officer) | | |
| | |
/s/ J. Patrick Doyle | | Executive Chairman | | February 22, 2024 |
J. Patrick Doyle | | | | |
| | | | |
/s/ Alexandre Behring | | Director | | February 22, 2024 |
Alexandre Behring | | | | |
| | |
/s/ Maximilien de Limburg Stirum | | Director | | February 22, 2024 |
Maximilien de Limburg Stirum | | | | |
| | |
/s/ Jordana Fribourg | | Director | | February 22, 2024 |
Jordana Fribourg | | | | |
| | |
/s/ Ali Hedayat | | Director | | February 22, 2024 |
Ali Hedayat | | | | |
| | |
/s/ Marc Lemann | | Director | | February 22, 2024 |
Marc Lemann | | | | |
| | |
/s/ Jason Melbourne | | Director | | February 22, 2024 |
Jason Melbourne | | | | |
| | |
/s/ Cristina Farjallat | | Director | | February 22, 2024 |
Cristina Farjallat | | | | |
| | | | |
/s/ Daniel Schwartz | | Director | | February 22, 2024 |
Daniel Schwartz | | | | |
| | |
/s/ Thecla Sweeney | | Director | | February 22, 2024 |
Thecla Sweeney | | | | |